P1D P1D P1D P10D P1D 32382 1297 1002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ex991p1i0
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 1
TD Bank Group Reports Second Quarter 2026 Results
 
Report to Shareholders
 
Three and six months ended April 30,
 
2026
The financial information in this document is reported
 
in Canadian dollars and is based on
 
the Bank’s unaudited Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements
prepared in accordance with International Financial
 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the
 
International Accounting Standards Board
 
(IASB), unless
otherwise noted. Certain comparative amounts
 
have been revised to conform with the presentation
 
adopted in the current period.
Reported results conform with generally accepted
 
accounting principles (GAAP), in accordance
 
with IFRS. Adjusted results are non-GAAP financial
 
measures.
For additional information about the Bank’s use of
 
non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial Measures” in
 
the “How We Performed”,
or “How Our Businesses Performed” sections
 
of this document.
SECOND QUARTER FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS,
 
compared with the second quarter last
 
year:
Reported diluted earnings per share were
 
$2.43, compared with $6.27.
Adjusted diluted earnings per share were
 
$2.38, compared with $1.97.
Reported net income was $4,251 million,
 
compared with $11,129 million.
Adjusted net income was $4,168 million,
 
compared with $3,626 million.
YEAR-TO-DATE FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS, six months ended April
 
30, 2026, compared with the corresponding
 
period last year:
Reported diluted earnings per share were
 
$4.77, compared with $7.81.
Adjusted diluted earnings per share were
 
$4.82, compared with $3.99.
Reported net income was $8,294 million,
 
compared with $13,922 million.
Adjusted net income was $8,384 million,
 
compared with $7,249 million.
SECOND QUARTER ADJUSTMENTS (ITEMS
 
OF NOTE)
The second quarter reported earnings figures
 
included the following items of note:
Amortization of acquired intangibles
 
of $33 million ($25 million after tax or 1
 
cent per share), compared with $43 million
 
($35 million after tax or
2 cents per share) in the second quarter
 
last year.
Impact from the terminated First Horizon
 
Corporation (FHN) acquisition-related
 
capital hedging strategy of $43 million ($33
 
million after tax or
2 cents per share), compared with $47 million
 
($35 million after tax or 2 cents per
 
share) in the second quarter last year.
Income tax adjustment on gain on sale of
 
The Charles Schwab Corporation (Schwab)
 
shares of ($288) million (($288)
 
million after tax or (17) cents
per share).
Change in partnership share in the U.S. strategic
 
cards portfolio of $197 million ($147
 
million after tax or 9 cents per share).
TORONTO
, May 28, 2026
 
– TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”)
 
today announced its financial results
 
for the second quarter ended April 30,
 
2026. Reported
earnings and earnings per share were $4.3
 
billion and $2.43, compared with $11.1 billion and $6.27, respectively, in the second quarter
 
last year. Adjusted
earnings and earnings per share were $4.2
 
billion and $2.38, up 15% and 21%, respectively, year-over-year.
"This was another strong quarter for TD.
 
We drove record Q2 earnings in Canadian Personal
 
and Commercial Banking, all-time high
 
earnings in Wealth
Management and Insurance and Wholesale
 
Banking,
 
and we accelerated momentum in U.S.
 
Banking.
 
We demonstrated disciplined execution as we grew
 
return
on equity and delivered our fourth consecutive
 
quarter of positive operating leverage,
 
on an adjusted basis. We also continue to make
 
consistent progress on our
AML remediation and enhancements, which remain
 
our top priority,"
 
said Raymond Chun, Group President and
 
CEO, TD Bank Group. "Our bank has momentum,
and we are making important investments
 
in talent, innovation, AI and client experience,
 
as we fundamentally restructure our
 
cost base to drive performance and
continue winning."
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking delivered record Q2 revenue
 
and earnings
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking net income was $1,925 million, up
 
15% year-over-year, primarily reflecting higher revenue
 
and lower provisions for
credit losses (PCL). Revenue grew 5%
 
year-over-year driven by loan and deposit volume
 
growth and higher margins.
Canadian Personal Banking drove continued
 
momentum in deepening client relationships, achieving
 
record penetration rates for consumer and
 
small business
credit cards. The business also generated $9
 
billion in closed referrals to Wealth, with double-digit
 
growth year-over-year, driven by strong frontline engagement
and execution. Canadian Business Banking
 
maintained its momentum this quarter as
 
continued progress on distribution expansion
 
contributed to strong loan
growth and earnings. TD Auto Finance was
 
once again awarded #1 for Dealer Satisfaction
 
among both Non-Prime and Prime Credit
 
Non-Captive Automotive
Financing Lenders in the JD Power 2026
 
Canada Dealer Financing Satisfaction Study
U.S. Banking sustained business momentum
 
U.S. Banking reported net income was $813
 
million (US$595
 
million), an increase of $771
 
million (US$560
 
million) year-over-year. On an adjusted basis, net
income was $960 million (US$702
 
million), up 8% (12% in U.S. dollars) year-over-year. The
 
segment delivered a return on equity of 8.2%
 
on a reported basis and
9.6% on an adjusted basis, up 770 basis
 
points and 130 basis points year-over-year
 
respectively, as the business continued to manage capital
 
with discipline.
U.S. Banking performance was supported
 
by growth across core lending portfolios,
 
including double-digit growth year-over-year
 
in middle market commercial
lending and TD’s proprietary credit card balances.
 
In Wealth, record mass affluent sales drove double-digit
 
asset growth year-over-year.
Wealth Management and Insurance delivered
 
record earnings and assets
Wealth Management and Insurance net income
 
was $837 million, up 18% year-over-year, driven by record
 
assets, higher insurance earned premiums,
 
and
deposit volume growth.
1
TD Auto Finance received the highest score in the retail non-captive non-prime segment and the retail non-captive prime segment in the JD Power 2024-2026 Canada Dealer Financing Satisfaction
Studies, which measure Canadian auto dealers’ satisfaction with their auto finance providers. Visit jdpower.com/awards for more details.
2
Core loan growth is defined as growth in average loan volumes excluding the impact of the loan portfolios identified for sale or run-off under the U.S. balance sheet restructuring program.
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 2
Wealth Management launched the fully redesigned
 
TD Easy Trade™
 
app, delivering a streamlined, mobile-first
 
experience that supports the next generation
 
of
self-directed investors, offering market-leading
 
capabilities. TD Insurance launched a client-facing
 
generative AI powered Virtual Assistant, becoming
 
the first
Canadian home and auto insurer to deploy
 
this capability and making it simpler for
 
clients to connect with TD Insurance.
Wholesale Banking delivered record earnings
Wholesale Banking net income was $612
 
million, up 46% year-over-year on a reported
 
basis and 38% year-over-year on an adjusted
 
basis, reflecting higher
revenues and lower PCL, partially offset by higher
 
non-interest expenses. Revenue for the
 
quarter was $2,393 million, up 12% year-over-year, driven
 
by strong
execution across Global Markets and Corporate
 
and Investment Banking including strength
 
in Equities, Capital Markets, and Lending
 
businesses.
Wholesale Banking performance reflects
 
the depth and diversification of the platform
 
combined with high levels of client activity and
 
constructive market
conditions. Return on equity for the quarter
 
was 14.5%, a significant improvement
 
year-over-year, driven by strong revenue growth, moderating
 
expense growth,
and disciplined capital management.
Capital
TD’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio was 14.3%.
Conclusion
“Our ongoing share buy-back and the dividend
 
increase announced today reflect our
 
confidence in TD’s growth and earnings power,” added Chun. “As
 
we deepen
relationships, run our bank simpler and faster, and execute
 
with discipline, we are creating value for shareholders,
 
supporting our clients, and opening new
opportunities for growth. I want to thank our
 
colleagues for delivering once again this quarter
 
for TD and the more than 28 million
 
clients we serve."
The foregoing contains forward-looking statements. Please refer to the “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”
 
on page 4.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 3
ENHANCED DISCLOSURE TASK FORCE
The Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF) was established by the Financial
 
Stability Board (FSB) in 2012 to identify
 
fundamental disclosure principles,
recommendations and leading practices to enhance
 
risk disclosures of banks. The index
 
below includes the recommendations (as
 
published by the EDTF) and
lists the location of the related EDTF disclosures
 
presented in the second quarter 2026 Report
 
to Shareholders (RTS), Supplemental Financial
 
Information (SFI),
or Supplemental Regulatory Disclosures (SRD).
 
Information on TD’s website, SFI, and SRD is
 
not and should not be considered incorporated
 
herein by reference
into the second quarter 2026 RTS, Management’s
 
Discussion and Analysis, or the Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements. Certain disclosure references
 
have
been made to the Bank’s 2025
 
Annual Report.
Type of
Risk
Topic
EDTF Disclosure
Page
RTS
Second
Quarter
2026
SFI
Second
Quarter
2026
SRD
Second
Quarter
2026
Annual Report
2025
General
1
Present all related risk information together in any particular report.
Refer to below for location of disclosures
2
The bank’s risk terminology and risk measures and present key parameter
values used.
92-99, 103, 108,
110, 112,
123-126
3
Describe and discuss top and emerging risks.
82-91
4
Outline plans to meet each new key regulatory ratio once applicable rules
are finalized.
31
78, 120
Risk
Governance
and Risk
Management
and
Business
Model
5
Summarize the bank’s risk management organization, processes, and key
functions.
93-97
6
Description of the bank’s risk culture and procedures applied to support the
culture.
92-93
7
Description of key risks that arise from the bank’s business models and
activities.
77, 92, 98-127
8
Description of stress testing within the bank’s risk governance and capital
frameworks.
75, 97-98, 106,
123
Capital
Adequacy
and Risk
Weighted
Assets
9
Pillar 1 capital requirements and the impact for global systemically important
banks.
 
29-31,78
1-3, 6
72-74, 79, 235
10
Composition of capital and reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to the
regulatory balance sheet.
1-3, 5
72
11
Flow statement of the movements in regulatory capital.
 
4
12
Discussion of capital planning within a more general discussion of
management’s strategic planning.
 
73-76, 123
13
Analysis of how risk-weighted asset (RWA) relate to business activities
 
and
related risks.
 
9-15
76-77
14
Analysis of capital requirements for each method used for calculating RWA.
 
13
100-101, 103,
105-106
15
Tabulate credit risk in the banking book
 
for Basel asset classes and major
portfolios.
 
36-53, 59-65
16
Flow statement reconciling the movements of RWA by risk type.
 
18-19
17
Discussion of Basel III back-testing requirements.
80
102, 106,
110-111
Liquidity
18
The bank’s management of liquidity needs and liquidity reserves.
37-38, 40-41
112-114, 116
 
-117
Funding
19
Encumbered and unencumbered assets in a table by balance sheet
category.
39
115, 229
20
Tabulate consolidated total assets, liabilities
 
and off-balance sheet
commitments by remaining contractual maturity at the balance sheet date.
120-122
21
Discussion of the bank’s funding sources and the bank’s funding strategy.
39-40, 42-44
118-120
Market Risk
22
Linkage of market risk measures for trading and non-trading portfolio and
balance sheet.
34
104
23
Breakdown of significant trading and non-trading market risk factors.
34, 36
104, 106-108
24
Significant market risk measurement model limitations and validation
procedures.
35
105-108, 110-111
25
Primary risk management techniques beyond reported risk measures and
parameters.
35
105-108
Credit Risk
26
Provide information that facilitates users’ understanding of the bank’s credit
risk profile, including any significant credit risk concentrations.
26-29, 61-70
23-38
1-5, 13, 18,
20-70, 72-80
59-71, 99-103,
184-191, 201,
203-204, 233-234
27
Description of the bank’s policies for identifying impaired loans.
69
68, 160-161,
167-168, 191
28
Reconciliation of the opening and closing balances of impaired loans in the
period and the allowance for loan losses.
27, 64-65, 67-68
27, 31
66, 187-189
29
Analysis of the bank’s counterparty credit risks that arise from derivative
transactions.
54-55, 66-70
101, 171-172,
195-197,
201, 203-204
30
Discussion of credit risk mitigation, including collateral held for all sources of
credit risk.
 
102, 164,
171-172
Other Risks
31
Description of ‘other risk’ types based on management’s classifications and
discuss how each one is identified, governed, measured, and managed.
108-112, 123-127
32
Discuss publicly known risk events related to other risks.
75-76
90-91, 227-229
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
4
Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
45
Accounting Policies and Estimates
5
Financial Highlights
45
Changes in Internal Control over Financial
 
Reporting
6
Update on the Remediation of the U.S. Bank
 
Secrecy Act/Anti-Money
46
Glossary
Laundering Program and Enterprise AML Program
8
How We Performed
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
11
Financial Results Overview
49
Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet
15
How Our Businesses Performed
50
Interim Consolidated Statement of Income
24
Quarterly Results
51
Interim Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive
 
Income
25
Balance Sheet Review
52
Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes
 
in Equity
26
Credit Portfolio Quality
53
Interim Consolidated Statement of Cash
 
Flows
29
Capital Position
54
Notes to Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
32
Risk Factors and Management
32
Managing Risk
45
Securitization and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
79
SHAREHOLDER AND INVESTOR INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
OF OPERATING
 
PERFORMANCE
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A)
 
is presented to enable readers
 
to assess material changes in the financial
 
condition and operating results of
TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”) for the
 
three and six months ended April 30,
 
2026, compared with the corresponding periods
 
shown. This MD&A should be
read in conjunction with the Bank’s unaudited Interim
 
Consolidated Financial Statements included
 
in this Report to Shareholders and with
 
the 2025 Annual
Consolidated Financial Statements and 2025
 
MD&A. This MD&A is dated May 27,
 
2026. Unless otherwise indicated,
 
all amounts are expressed in Canadian
dollars and have been primarily derived
 
from the Bank’s 2025 Annual Consolidated Financial
 
Statements or Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements, prepared
in accordance with IFRS as issued by the
 
IASB. Note that certain comparative amounts
 
have been revised to conform with the presentation
 
adopted in the current
period. Additional information relating
 
to the Bank, including the Bank’s 2025
 
Annual Information Form, is available
 
on the Bank’s website at http://www.td.com as
well as on SEDAR+
 
at http://www.sedarplus.ca and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov (EDGAR
 
filers section).
Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
From time to time, the Bank (as defined in this document) makes written and/or oral forward-looking statements, including
 
in this document, in other filings with Canadian regulators or the United States (U.S.) Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC), and in other communications. In addition, representatives of the Bank
 
may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media, and others. All such statements are
made pursuant to the “safe harbour” provisions of, and are intended to be forward-looking statements under, applicable Canadian and U.S.
 
securities legislation, including the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements made in this
 
document, the Management’s Discussion and Analysis (2025 MD&A) in the Bank’s 2025 Annual Report under the heading
“Economic Summary and Outlook”, under the headings “Key Priorities for 2026” and “Operating Environment
 
and Outlook” for the Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking, U.S. Banking, Wealth Management and
Insurance, and Wholesale Banking segments, and under the heading “2025 Accomplishments and Focus
 
for 2026” for the Corporate segment, and in other statements regarding the Bank’s objectives and priorities for
 
2026
and beyond and strategies to achieve them, the regulatory environment in which the Bank operates,
 
and the Bank’s anticipated financial performance. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as
“will”, “would”, “should”, “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “forecast”, “outlook”, “plan”,
 
“goal”, “target”, “possible”, “potential”, “predict”, “project”, “may”, and “could” and similar
 
expressions or variations
thereof, or the negative thereof, but these terms are not the exclusive means of identifying such
 
statements. By their very nature, these forward-looking statements require the Bank to make assumptions
 
and are subject to
inherent risks and uncertainties, general and specific. Especially in light of the uncertainty related to the
 
physical, financial, economic, political, and regulatory environments, such risks and uncertainties
 
– many of which are
beyond the Bank’s control and the effects of which can be difficult to predict – may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations
 
expressed in the forward-looking statements.
 
Risk factors that could cause, individually or in the aggregate, such differences include: strategic, credit,
 
market (including equity, commodity, foreign exchange, interest rate, and credit spreads), operational (including
technology, cyber security, process, systems, data, third-party, fraud, infrastructure, insider and conduct), model, insurance, liquidity, capital adequacy, compliance and legal, financial crime, reputational, environmental and
social, and other risks. Examples of such risk factors include general business and economic conditions
 
in the regions in which the Bank operates; geopolitical risk (including policy, trade and tax-related risks and the
potential impact of any new or elevated tariffs or any retaliatory tariffs); inflation, interest rates and recession uncertainty; regulatory
 
oversight and compliance risk; risks associated with the Bank’s ability to satisfy the terms
of the global resolution of the investigations into the Bank’s U.S. Bank Secrecy Act (BSA)/anti-money laundering
 
(AML) program; the impact of the global resolution of the investigations into the Bank’s U.S. BSA/AML
program on the Bank’s businesses, operations, financial condition, and reputation; the ability of the Bank to execute
 
on long-term strategies, shorter-term key strategic priorities, including the successful completion of
acquisitions and dispositions and integration of acquisitions, the ability of the Bank to achieve its financial
 
or strategic objectives with respect to its investments, business retention plans, and other strategic
 
plans; the
business relationship with The Charles Schwab Corporation through the insured deposit account
 
agreement exposes the Bank to certain risks; technology and cyber security risk (including cyber-attacks, data
 
security
breaches or technology failures) on the Bank’s technologies, systems and networks, those of the Bank’s customers (including
 
their own devices), and third parties providing services to the Bank; data risk; model risk; fraud
activity; insider risk; conduct risk; the failure of third parties to comply with their obligations to
 
the Bank or its affiliates, including relating to the care and control of information, and other risks arising from
 
the Bank’s use of
third-parties; the impact of new and changes to, or application of, current laws, rules and regulations,
 
including consumer protection laws and regulations, tax laws, capital guidelines and liquidity regulatory
 
guidance;
increased competition from incumbents and new entrants (including Fintechs and big technology competitors);
 
shifts in consumer
 
attitudes and disruptive technology; environmental and social risk (including climate-related
risk); exposure related to litigation and regulatory matters; ability of the Bank to attract, develop,
 
and retain key talent; changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates, credit spreads
 
and equity prices; downgrade,
suspension or withdrawal of ratings assigned by any rating agency, the value and market price of the Bank’s common shares and other securities may be impacted
 
by market conditions and other factors; the
interconnectivity of financial institutions including existing and potential international debt crises; increased
 
funding costs and market volatility due to market illiquidity and competition for funding; critical
 
accounting estimates
and changes to accounting standards, policies, and methods used by the Bank; and the occurrence
 
of natural and unnatural catastrophic events and claims resulting from such events.
 
The Bank cautions that the preceding list is not exhaustive of all possible risk factors and other
 
factors could also adversely affect the Bank’s results. For more detailed information, please refer to the “Risk
 
Factors and
Management” section of the 2025 MD&A, as may be updated in subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders
 
and news releases (as applicable) related to any events or transactions discussed under the headings
“Significant Events”, “Significant and Subsequent Events” or “Update on U.S. Bank Secrecy
 
Act (BSA)/Anti-Money Laundering (AML) Program Remediation and Enterprise AML Program Improvement
 
Activities“ in the
relevant MD&A, which applicable releases may be found on www.td.com. All such factors, as well as other
 
uncertainties and potential events, and the inherent uncertainty of forward-looking statements, should be
considered carefully when making decisions with respect to the Bank. The Bank cautions readers
 
not to place undue reliance on the Bank’s forward-looking statements. Material economic assumptions underlying
 
the
forward-looking statements contained in this document are set out in the 2025 MD&A under
 
the headings “Economic Summary and Outlook” and “Significant Events”, under the headings “Key Priorities
 
for 2026” and
“Operating Environment and Outlook” for the Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking, U.S. Banking,
 
Wealth Management and Insurance, and Wholesale Banking segments, and under the heading “2025
Accomplishments and Focus for 2026” for the Corporate segment, each as may be updated in
 
subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders and news releases (as applicable). Any forward-looking
 
statements
contained in this document represent the views of management only as of the date hereof
 
and are presented for the purpose of assisting the Bank’s shareholders and analysts in understanding the
 
Bank’s financial position,
objectives and priorities and anticipated financial performance as at and for the periods ended on the dates
 
presented, and may not be appropriate for other purposes. The Bank does not undertake to update any forward-
looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on its
 
behalf, except as required under applicable securities legislation.
This document was reviewed by the Bank’s Audit Committee and was approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors,
 
on the Audit Committee’s recommendation, prior to its release.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 5
TABLE 1: FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Results of operations
Total revenue – reported
$
15,797
$
16,585
$
22,937
$
32,382
$
36,986
Total revenue – adjusted
1
16,037
16,629
15,138
32,666
30,168
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
1,001
1,039
1,341
2,040
2,553
Insurance service expenses (ISE)
1,398
1,622
1,417
3,020
2,924
Non-interest expenses – reported
8,372
8,753
8,139
17,125
16,209
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
1
8,339
8,563
7,908
16,902
15,891
Net income – reported
4,251
4,043
11,129
8,294
13,922
Net income – adjusted
1
4,168
4,216
3,626
8,384
7,249
Financial position
(billions of Canadian dollars)
Total loans net of allowance for loan losses
$
964.3
$
958.5
$
936.4
$
964.3
$
936.4
Total assets
2,085.1
2,099.3
2,064.3
2,085.1
2,064.3
Total deposits
1,243.4
1,245.1
1,267.7
1,243.4
1,267.7
Total equity
124.3
125.6
126.1
124.3
126.1
Total risk-weighted assets
2
641.4
635.2
624.6
641.4
624.6
Financial ratios
Return on common equity (ROE) – reported
3
14.7
%
13.6
%
39.1
%
14.1
%
24.8
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
1
14.4
14.2
12.3
14.3
12.7
Return on tangible common equity (ROTCE)
1,3
17.7
16.3
48.0
17.0
31.3
Return on tangible common equity – adjusted
1
17.2
16.9
15.0
17.1
15.9
Efficiency ratio – reported
3
53.0
52.8
35.5
52.9
43.8
Efficiency ratio – adjusted, net of ISE
1,3,4
57.0
57.1
57.6
57.0
58.3
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
as a % of net
 
average loans
0.43
0.43
0.58
0.43
0.54
Common share information – reported
(Canadian dollars)
Per share earnings
Basic
$
2.44
$
2.35
$
6.28
$
4.78
$
7.81
Diluted
2.43
2.34
6.27
4.77
7.81
Dividends per share
1.08
1.08
1.05
2.16
2.10
Book value per share
3
68.22
68.20
66.75
68.22
66.75
Closing share price (TSX)
5
146.33
127.26
88.09
146.33
88.09
Shares outstanding (millions)
Average basic
1,660.7
1,680.3
1,740.5
1,670.6
1,745.3
Average diluted
1,665.5
1,684.7
1,741.7
1,675.4
1,746.3
End of period
1,652.1
1,671.2
1,722.5
1,652.1
1,722.5
Market capitalization (billions of Canadian dollars)
$
241.7
$
212.7
$
151.7
$
241.7
$
151.7
Dividend yield
3
3.2
%
3.5
%
5.0
%
3.4
%
5.2
%
Dividend payout ratio
3
44.1
45.9
16.6
45.0
26.8
Price-earnings ratio
3
17.3
10.3
9.1
17.3
9.1
Total shareholder return (1 year)
3
72.2
60.0
13.6
72.2
13.6
Common share information – adjusted
(Canadian dollars)
1
Per share earnings
Basic
$
2.39
$
2.45
$
1.97
$
4.84
$
3.99
Diluted
2.38
2.44
1.97
4.82
3.99
Dividend payout ratio
45.0
%
44.0
%
53.0
%
44.5
%
52.4
%
Price-earnings ratio
15.9
14.5
11.4
15.9
11.4
Capital ratios
2
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital ratio
14.3
%
14.5
%
14.9
%
14.3
%
14.9
%
Tier 1 Capital ratio
16.0
16.3
16.6
16.0
16.6
Total Capital ratio
17.8
18.1
18.5
17.8
18.5
Leverage ratio
4.5
4.5
4.7
4.5
4.7
Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) ratio
31.1
31.1
31.0
31.1
31.0
TLAC Leverage ratio
8.8
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.7
1
 
The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD” or the
 
“Bank”) prepares its Interim Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with IFRS,
 
the current GAAP, and refers
 
to results prepared in
accordance with IFRS as the “reported” results. The Bank also utilizes non-GAAP financial measures
 
such as “adjusted” results and non-GAAP ratios to assess each of its businesses
and to measure overall Bank performance. To
 
arrive at adjusted results, the Bank adjusts reported results for “items of note”. Refer to “How We
 
Performed” or “How Our Businesses
Performed” sections
 
of this document for further explanation, a list of the items of note, and a reconciliation of adjusted to reported
 
results. Non-GAAP financial measures and ratios used
in this document are not defined terms under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms
 
used by other issuers.
2
 
These measures have been included in this document in accordance with the Office of the Superintendent
 
of Financial Institutions Canada’s (OSFI’s) Capital Adequacy
 
Requirements
(CAR), Leverage Requirements (LR), and Total
 
Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) guidelines.
 
Refer to the “Capital Position” section of this document for further details.
3
 
For additional information about these metrics, refer to the Glossary of this document.
4
 
Efficiency ratio – adjusted, net of ISE is calculated by dividing adjusted non-interest expenses by adjusted
 
total revenue, net of ISE. Adjusted total revenue, net of ISE –
Q2 2026: $14,639 million, Q1 2026: $15,007 million, Q2 2025: $13,721 million, 2026
 
YTD: $29,646 million, 2025 YTD: $27,244 million.
5
 
Toronto Stock Exchange closing market
 
price.
 
 
ex991p6i0
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 6
UPDATE ON THE
 
REMEDIATION
 
OF THE U.S. BANK SECRECY ACT/ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING
 
PROGRAM AND
ENTERPRISE AML PROGRAM
As previously disclosed, on October 10, 2024,
 
the Bank announced that, following active
 
cooperation and engagement with authorities and
 
regulators, it reached a
resolution (the “Global Resolution”) of
 
previously disclosed investigations related
 
to its U.S. BSA/AML program. The Bank
 
and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries
consented to orders with the Office of the Comptroller
 
of the Currency (“OCC”), the Federal
 
Reserve Board (“FRB”), and the Financial Crimes
 
Enforcement
Network (“FinCEN”) and entered into plea agreements
 
with the Department of Justice (“DOJ”), Criminal
 
Division, Money Laundering and Asset Recovery
 
Section
and the United States Attorney’s Office for the District
 
of New Jersey. The full terms of the consent orders and plea
 
agreements are available on the Bank’s issuer
profile on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.com.
The Bank is focused on meeting the terms
 
of the consent orders and plea agreements,
 
including meeting the requirements to remediate
 
the Bank’s U.S. BSA/AML
program. In addition, the Bank is also undertaking
 
remediation of the Bank’s enterprise-wide AML/Anti-Terrorist Financing and Sanctions
 
Programs (“Enterprise
AML Program”).
For additional information on the risks associated
 
with the remediation of the Bank’s U.S. BSA/AML
 
program and the Bank’s Enterprise AML Program,
 
see the
“Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results –
 
Remediation of the Bank’s U.S. BSA/AML Program
 
and Enterprise AML Program” section
 
of the 2025 MD&A.
Update on the Remediation of the U.S.
 
AML Program
The Bank remains focused on remediating
 
its U.S. BSA/AML program to meet the requirements
 
of the Global Resolution. The Bank continues
 
to work on its
management remediation actions (the term
 
“management remediation actions” is
 
not a regulatory definition and is considered by
 
the Bank to consist of the root
cause assessments, data preparation, design,
 
documentation, frameworks, policies, standards,
 
training, processes, systems, testing and implementation
 
of
controls, as well as the hiring of resources)
 
with significant work and important milestones
 
remaining in calendar 2026 and calendar 2027
 
including the Suspicious
Activity Report lookback per the OCC consent
 
order which management expects
 
to complete in calendar 2027. For fiscal 2026,
 
the Bank continues to expect U.S.
BSA/AML remediation and related governance
 
and control investments to be largely in
 
line with the previous guidance of approximately
 
US$500 million pre-tax.
All management remediation actions will
 
be subject to demonstrated sustainability
 
and validation by the Bank’s internal audit function
 
(with such activities currently
planned for calendar 2026 and calendar
 
2027), as well as the review by the appointed
 
monitor, and, ultimately, the review and approval of the Bank’s U.S. banking
regulators and the DOJ. Following such independent
 
reviews, testing, and validation, there could
 
be additional management remediation actions
 
that would take
place after calendar 2027 in which case the
 
overall remediation timeline may be extended.
 
In addition, as the Bank undertakes the lookback
 
reviews, the Bank
may be required to further expand the
 
scope of the review, either in terms of the subjects being
 
addressed and/or the time period reviewed.
 
The following graph
illustrates the Bank’s expected remediation plan
 
and progress on a calendar year basis,
 
based on its work to date:
The Bank’s remediation timeline is based on
 
the Bank’s current plans, as well as assumptions
 
related to the duration of remediation activities,
 
including the
completion of lookback reviews. The Bank’s
 
ability to meet its planned remediation
 
milestones assumes that the Bank will be able
 
to successfully execute against
its U.S. BSA/AML remediation program plan,
 
which is subject to inherent risks and uncertainties
 
including the Bank’s ability to attract and retain key
 
employees,
the ability of third parties to deliver on their
 
contractual obligations, the successful development
 
and implementation of required technology
 
solutions, and data
availability to complete the required lookback
 
reviews. Furthermore, the execution
 
of the U.S. BSA/AML remediation plan,
 
including these planned milestones, will
not be entirely within the Bank’s control because
 
of various factors such as (i) the requirement
 
to obtain regulatory approval
 
or non-objection before proceeding
with various steps, and (ii) the requirement
 
for the various deliverables to be acceptable
 
to the regulators and/or the monitor. As of the date hereof, the
 
Bank
believes that it and its applicable U.S. subsidiaries
 
have taken such actions as are required
 
of them to date under the terms of the consent
 
orders and plea
agreements and is not aware of them being in
 
breach of the same. For information
 
about the Bank’s AML governance framework,
 
see the “Managing Risk” section
of the Bank’s 2025 Annual Report.
While substantial work remains, the
 
Bank is making progress on remediating
 
and strengthening its U.S. BSA/AML program
 
as previously disclosed including
continued improvements through:
 
1)
 
continued maturation of transaction monitoring
 
and investigation processes;
2)
 
enhancements to the new Know Your Customer (KYC) platform which
 
now includes an improved customer risk
 
rating model and is expected to
provide more accurate, timely and consistent
 
risk assessments across U.S. Banking’s client
 
population;
3)
 
additional enhancements to the Financial
 
Crime Risk Management (FCRM) training
 
program with improved controls, providing
 
insights into training
effectiveness, completion metrics, and workforce
 
readiness;
4)
 
improvements to front-line onboarding
 
systems for Money Service Businesses, providing
 
U.S. Banking employees with the ability to
 
sustainably
identify, detect and manage Money Service Businesses going
 
forward; and
5)
 
completion by the third-party vendor of
 
the first population of lookback reviews.
 
Going forward, the Bank’s focus will be on
 
continuing to remediate and strengthen its
 
U.S. BSA/AML program, including:
1)
 
further deployments of the new KYC
 
platform;
2)
 
further deployments of machine learning
 
and specialized AI;
3)
 
continued data enhancements with the deployment
 
of dedicated FCRM data environments
 
which will create a single source of truth
 
in support of
advanced detection capabilities;
4)
 
continued
 
enhancements to its financial crime risk assessment
 
methodologies and processes;
3
 
The total amount expected to be spent on remediation and governance and control investments is subject to inherent uncertaint
 
ies and may vary based on (i) the scope of work in the
U.S. BSA/AML remediation plan which could change as a result of additional findings that are identified as work
 
progresses, (ii) actual third party monitor and lookback review costs
which could vary from initial estimates and are not entirely within the control of the Bank, as well as (iii) the Bank’s
 
ability to successfully execute against the U.S. BSA/AML remediation
program in accordance with the U.S. Banking segment’s fiscal 2026 and medium-term
 
plan
.
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 7
5)
 
continued training and development of colleagues;
 
and
6)
 
continued execution of lookback reviews as required
 
under the OCC and FinCEN consent orders.
Strengthening of the Bank’s Enterprise AML Program
The Bank continues to undertake remediation
 
of the Enterprise AML Program, including
 
a range of management remediation and
 
enhancement actions (the term
“management remediation and enhancement
 
actions” is not a regulatory definition and
 
is considered by the Bank to consist
 
of root cause assessments, data
preparation, design, documentation, frameworks,
 
policies, standards, training, processes,
 
systems, testing, and execution of controls,
 
as well as the hiring of
resources). While the Bank has made progress
 
on this remediation work, it is a multi-year
 
endeavour and the remediation work remains
 
ongoing. The timing of
completion of the remediation work will not
 
be entirely within the Bank’s control, and is subject
 
to regulatory feedback, internal review, challenge and validation.
 
As
previously disclosed, following the end of the
 
first quarter of fiscal 2025, the Financial Transactions
 
and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada (FINTRAC)
commenced a review of certain remediation
 
steps that the Bank has taken to date
 
to address the FINTRAC violations.
 
This review is ongoing, and subject to the
outcome, may result in additional regulatory
 
actions.
The remediation and enhancement of the Enterprise
 
AML Program is exposed to similar
 
risks as noted in respect of the remediation
 
of the Bank’s U.S. BSA/AML
Program (see also “Remediation of the
 
U.S. BSA/AML Program” above). In particular, as the Bank
 
continues its remediation and improvement activities
 
of the
Enterprise AML Program, it expects an increase
 
in identification of reportable transactions
 
and/or events, which will add to the operational
 
backlog in the Bank’s
FCRM investigations processing that the
 
Bank currently faces, but is working
 
towards remediating, across the Bank. In
 
addition, on an ongoing basis, the Bank will
continue to review and assess whether issues
 
identified in one jurisdiction have an impact
 
in other jurisdictions. Furthermore, the
 
Bank’s regulators or law
enforcement agencies may identify other issues
 
with the Bank’s Enterprise AML Program, which
 
may result in additional regulatory actions.
 
These issues identified
through the Bank’s own review or by the Bank’s regulators
 
or law enforcement agencies may
 
broaden the scope of the remediation and improvements
 
required for
the Enterprise AML Program.
 
While substantial work remains, the
 
Bank is making progress on remediating
 
and strengthening the Enterprise AML
 
Program as previously disclosed, including:
1) advanced transaction monitoring capabilities,
 
including enhanced scenario coverage;
2) strengthened governance and first-line engagement
 
in managing financial crime risks via dedicated
 
governance forums; and
3) updated FCRM training standards to
 
strengthen and align requirements globally.
Going forward, the Bank’s focus will be on
 
continuing to remediate and strengthen its
 
Enterprise AML Program,
 
including:
 
1)
 
continued progress on clearing operational
 
backlogs;
2)
 
ongoing advancements in transaction monitoring
 
capabilities;
 
and
3)
 
continued investment in supporting advanced
 
analytics, machine learning, and AI opportunities
 
within FCRM.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 8
HOW WE PERFORMED
 
CORPORATE OVERVIEW
The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known as
 
TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”). TD is
 
the sixth largest bank in North America by
assets and serves 28.1 million clients in four
 
key businesses operating in a number of
 
locations in financial centres around the
 
globe: Canadian Personal and
Commercial Banking, including TD Canada
 
Trust and TD Auto Finance Canada; U.S. Banking,
 
including TD Auto Finance U.S., and TD
 
Wealth (U.S.); Wealth
Management and Insurance, including
 
TD Wealth (Canada), TD Direct Investing, and
 
TD Insurance; and Wholesale Banking, including
 
TD Securities and TD
Cowen. TD also ranks among North America’s leading
 
digital banks,
 
with more than 13 million active mobile users
 
in Canada and the U.S. TD had $2.1 trillion
 
in
assets on April 30, 2026. The Toronto-Dominion Bank trades under the symbol
 
“TD” on the Toronto Stock Exchange and New York Stock Exchange.
HOW THE BANK REPORTS
The Bank prepares its Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements in accordance
 
with IFRS, the current GAAP, and refers to results prepared in accordance with
IFRS as “reported”
 
results.
 
Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures
In addition to reported results, the Bank also
 
presents certain financial measures, including
 
non-GAAP financial measures that are historical,
 
non-GAAP ratios,
supplementary financial measures and capital
 
management measures, to assess its results.
 
Non-GAAP financial measures, such as “adjusted”
 
results, are utilized
to assess the Bank’s businesses and to measure
 
the Bank’s overall performance.
To
arrive at adjusted results, the Bank adjusts
 
for “items of note” from reported
results. Items of note are items which management
 
does not believe are indicative of underlying
 
business performance and are disclosed
 
in Table 3. Non-GAAP
ratios include a non-GAAP financial measure
 
as one or more of its components. Examples
 
of non-GAAP ratios include adjusted net
 
interest margin, adjusted basic
and diluted earnings per share (EPS), adjusted
 
dividend payout ratio, adjusted efficiency ratio,
 
net of ISE, and adjusted effective income tax rate.
 
The Bank
believes that non-GAAP financial measures and
 
non-GAAP ratios provide the reader with
 
a better understanding of how management
 
views the Bank’s
performance. Non-GAAP financial measures
 
and non-GAAP ratios used in this document
 
are not defined terms under IFRS and,
 
therefore, may not be
comparable to similar terms used by other issuers.
 
Supplementary financial measures depict
 
the Bank’s financial performance and position, and
 
capital
management measures depict the Bank’s capital
 
position, and both are explained in this document
 
where they first appear.
Investment in The Charles Schwab Corporation
 
(“Schwab”) and Insured Deposit Account
 
(IDA) Agreement
On February 12, 2025, the Bank sold its entire
 
remaining equity investment in Schwab
 
through a registered offering and share repurchase
 
by Schwab. The Bank
discontinued recording its share of earnings
 
available to common shareholders from
 
its investment in Schwab following
 
the sale.
Prior to the sale, the Bank accounted
 
for its investment in Schwab using the equity
 
method. The U.S. Banking segment reflected the Bank’s
 
share of net income
from its investment in Schwab. The Corporate
 
segment net income (loss) included
 
amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles,
 
the acquisition and integration
charges related to the Schwab transaction,
 
and the Bank’s share of restructuring and other
 
charges incurred by Schwab. The Bank’s share of
 
Schwab’s earnings
available to common shareholders was
 
reported with a one-month lag. For further
 
details, refer to Note 12 of the Bank’s 2025
 
Annual Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Subsequent to the sale of the Bank’s entire remaining
 
equity investment in Schwab, the Bank
 
continues to have a business relationship
 
with Schwab through the
insured deposit account agreement (“Schwab
 
IDA Agreement”).
On May 4, 2023, the Bank and Schwab entered
 
into an amended Schwab IDA Agreement,
 
with an initial expiration of July 1, 2034. Pursuant
 
to the Schwab IDA
Agreement, the Bank makes sweep deposit
 
accounts available to clients of Schwab.
 
Schwab designates a portion of the deposits
 
with the Bank as fixed-rate
obligation amounts. Remaining deposits are designated
 
as floating-rate obligations. The IDA deposit
 
floor is set at US$60 billion.
Refer to Note 26 of the Bank’s 2025 Annual
 
Consolidated Financial Statements for further
 
details on the Schwab IDA Agreement.
The following table provides the operating results
 
on a reported basis for the Bank.
 
TABLE 2: OPERATING RESULTS – Reported
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net interest income
$
8,861
$
8,789
$
8,125
$
17,650
$
15,991
Non-interest income
6,936
7,796
14,812
14,732
20,995
Total revenue
15,797
16,585
22,937
32,382
36,986
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
1,001
1,039
1,341
2,040
2,553
Insurance service expenses
1,398
1,622
1,417
3,020
2,924
Non-interest expenses
8,372
8,753
8,139
17,125
16,209
Income before income taxes and share
 
of net income from
investment in Schwab
5,026
5,171
12,040
10,197
15,300
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
775
1,128
985
1,903
1,683
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab
74
305
Net income – reported
4,251
4,043
11,129
8,294
13,922
Preferred dividends and distributions on other
 
equity instruments
202
101
200
303
286
Net income available to common shareholders
$
4,049
$
3,942
$
10,929
$
7,991
$
13,636
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 9
The following table provides a reconciliation between
 
the Bank’s adjusted and reported results.
 
For further details refer to the “How
 
We Performed”
 
or “How Our
Businesses Performed” sections of this document.
TABLE 3: NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES – Reconciliation
 
of Adjusted to Reported Net Income
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Operating results – adjusted
Net interest income
1,2
$
8,904
$
8,833
$
8,208
$
17,737
$
16,128
Non-interest income
3
7,133
7,796
6,930
14,929
14,040
Total revenue
16,037
16,629
15,138
32,666
30,168
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
1,001
1,039
1,341
2,040
2,553
Insurance service expenses
1,398
1,622
1,417
3,020
2,924
Non-interest expenses
4
8,339
8,563
7,908
16,902
15,891
Income before income taxes and share of net income from
investment in Schwab
5,299
5,405
4,472
10,704
8,800
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
5
1,131
1,189
929
2,320
1891
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
6
83
340
Net income – adjusted
4,168
4,216
3,626
8,384
7,249
Preferred dividends and distributions on other equity instruments
202
101
200
303
286
Net income available to common shareholders –
 
adjusted
3,966
4,115
3,426
8,081
6,963
Pre-tax adjustments for items of note
Amortization of acquired intangibles
7
(33)
(34)
(43)
(67)
(104)
Restructuring charges
4
(200)
(163)
(200)
(163)
Acquisition and integration-related charges
4
(34)
(86)
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related capital
 
hedging strategy
1
(43)
(44)
(47)
(87)
(101)
Gain on sale of Schwab shares
3
8,975
8,975
Balance sheet restructuring
2,3
(1,129)
(2,056)
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) special assessment
4
44
44
Change in partnership share in the U.S. strategic cards
 
portfolio
3
(197)
(197)
Less: Impact of income taxes
Amortization of acquired intangibles
(8)
(8)
(8)
(16)
(17)
Restructuring charges
(52)
(41)
(52)
(41)
Acquisition and integration-related charges
(8)
(19)
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related capital
 
hedging strategy
(10)
(12)
(12)
(22)
(25)
Gain on sale of Schwab shares
5
(288)
407
(288)
407
Balance sheet restructuring
(282)
(513)
FDIC special assessment
11
11
Change in partnership share in the U.S. strategic cards
 
portfolio
(50)
(50)
Total adjustments for items
 
of note
83
(173)
7,503
(90)
6,673
Net income available to common shareholders – reported
$
4,049
$
3,942
$
10,929
$
7,991
$
13,636
1
 
After the termination of the merger agreement between the Bank and FHN on May 4, 2023, the residual
 
impact of the strategy is reversed through net interest income (NII) – Q2 2026: ($43)
 
million, Q1 2026: ($44) million,
2026 YTD: ($87) million, Q2 2025: ($47) million, 2025 YTD: ($101) million, reported in the Corporate
 
segment.
2
 
Adjusted net interest income excludes the following item of note:
i.
 
Balance sheet restructuring – Q2 2025: $36 million, 2025 YTD: $36 million in respect of U.S. Banking
 
activities, reported in the U.S. Banking segment.
3
 
Adjusted non-interest income excludes the following items
 
of note:
i.
 
The Bank sold common shares of Schwab and recognized a gain on the sale – Q2 2025: $8,975
 
million, 2025 YTD: $8,975 million, reported in the Corporate segment;
ii.
 
Balance sheet restructuring – Q2 2025: $1,093 million, 2025 YTD: $2,020 million in respect of U.S. Banking
 
activities, reported in the U.S. Banking segment; and
iii.
 
Charge reflecting a change in the partnership share in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, resulting in
 
an adjustment to the corresponding program receivable – Q2 2026: $197 million, 2026 YTD: $197 million,
reported in the U.S. Banking segment.
4
 
Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the following items of note:
i.
 
Amortization of acquired intangibles – Q2 2026: $33 million, Q1 2026: $34 million, 2026 YTD: $67 million, Q2
 
2025: $34 million, 2025 YTD: $69 million, reported in the Corporate segment;
ii.
 
Restructuring charges – Q1 2026: $200 million, 2026 YTD: $200 million, Q2 2025: $163 million, 2025 YTD:
 
$163 million, reported in the Corporate segment;
 
iii.
 
Acquisition and integration-related charges – Q2 2025: $34 million, 2025 YTD: $86 million, reported
 
in the Wholesale Banking segment; and
iv.
 
FDIC special assessment – Q1 2026: ($44) million, 2026 YTD: ($44) million, reported in the U.S.
 
Banking segment.
5
 
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes includes a tax benefit of $288 million related
 
to the Bank’s gain on sale of Schwab shares in 2025, reported in the Corporate segment in the second
 
quarter of fiscal 2026 upon the
filing of the Bank’s tax return. Refer to “Income Taxes” in the “Financial Results Overview” section of this document for further details.
6
 
Adjusted share of net income from investment in Schwab excludes the following item of note on
 
an after-tax basis. The earnings impact of this item was reported in the Corporate segment:
i.
 
Amortization of Schwab-related acquired intangibles – Q2 2025: $9 million, 2025 YTD: $35 million.
7
 
Amortization of acquired intangibles relates to intangibles acquired as a result of asset acquisitions and
 
business combinations, including the after-tax amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles relating to the
 
share
of net income from investment in Schwab, reported in the Corporate segment. Refer to footnotes 4
 
and 6 for amounts.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 10
TABLE 4: RECONCILIATION OF REPORTED TO ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
1
(Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Basic earnings per share – reported
$
2.44
$
2.35
$
6.28
$
4.78
$
7.81
Adjustments for items of note
(0.05)
0.10
(4.31)
0.06
(3.82)
Basic earnings per share – adjusted
$
2.39
$
2.45
$
1.97
$
4.84
$
3.99
Diluted earnings per share – reported
$
2.43
$
2.34
$
6.27
$
4.77
$
7.81
Adjustments for items of note
(0.05)
0.10
(4.30)
0.05
(3.82)
Diluted earnings per share – adjusted
$
2.38
$
2.44
$
1.97
$
4.82
$
3.99
1
 
EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of
 
shares outstanding during the period. Numbers may not add due to
rounding.
TABLE 5: AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLES, NET OF INCOME TAXES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Schwab
1
$
$
$
9
$
$
35
Wholesale Banking related intangibles
20
20
20
40
41
Other
5
6
6
11
11
Included as items of note
25
26
35
51
87
Software and asset servicing rights
135
135
124
270
243
Amortization of intangibles, net of income
 
taxes
$
160
$
161
$
159
$
321
$
330
1
 
Included in share of net income from investment in Schwab.
Return on Common Equity
The consolidated Bank ROE is calculated
 
as reported net income available to common
 
shareholders as a percentage of average
 
common equity. The
consolidated Bank adjusted ROE is calculated
 
as adjusted net income available to
 
common shareholders as a percentage of average
 
common equity. Adjusted
ROE is a non-GAAP financial ratio and
 
can be utilized in assessing the Bank’s use of equity.
 
ROE for the business segments is calculated
 
as the segment net income as a percentage
 
of average allocated capital. The Bank’s methodology
 
for allocating
capital to its business segments is largely aligned
 
with the common equity capital requirements
 
under Basel III. Capital allocated to
 
the business segments was
based on 11.5% CET1 Capital.
TABLE 6: RETURN ON COMMON EQUITY
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Average common equity
$
113,288
$
115,250
$
114,585
$
114,310
$
110,708
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– reported
4,049
3,942
10,929
7,991
13,636
Items of note, net of income taxes
(83)
173
(7,503)
90
(6,673)
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– adjusted
$
3,966
$
4,115
$
3,426
$
8,081
$
6,963
Return on common equity – reported
14.7
%
13.6
%
39.1
%
14.1
%
24.8
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
14.4
14.2
12.3
14.3
12.7
Return on Tangible Common Equity
 
Tangible common equity (TCE) is calculated as common shareholders’ equity
 
less goodwill, imputed goodwill and intangibles
 
on the investments in Schwab and
other acquired intangible assets, net of related
 
deferred tax liabilities. ROTCE is calculated
 
as reported net income available to common
 
shareholders after
adjusting for the after-tax amortization of
 
acquired intangibles, which are treated as an
 
item of note, as a percentage of average
 
TCE. Adjusted ROTCE is
calculated using reported net income available
 
to common shareholders, adjusted for all
 
items of note, as a percentage of average
 
TCE. TCE, ROTCE, and
adjusted ROTCE can be utilized in assessing
 
the Bank’s use of equity. TCE is a non-GAAP financial measure,
 
and ROTCE and adjusted ROTCE are
 
non-GAAP
ratios.
 
TABLE 7: RETURN ON TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Average common equity
$
113,288
$
115,250
$
114,585
$
114,310
$
110,708
Average goodwill
18,584
18,751
19,302
18,696
19,207
Average imputed goodwill and intangibles on
investments in Schwab
1,304
2,924
Average other acquired intangibles
1
303
339
450
322
456
Average related deferred tax liabilities
(240)
(246)
(236)
(243)
(236)
Average tangible common equity
94,641
96,405
93,765
95,535
88,357
Net income attributable to common
shareholders – reported
4,049
3,942
10,929
7,991
13,636
Amortization of acquired intangibles, net of income
 
taxes
25
26
35
51
87
Net income attributable to common shareholders
adjusted for amortization of acquired intangibles,
net of income taxes
4,074
3,968
10,964
8,042
13,723
Other items of note, net of income taxes
(108)
147
(7,538)
39
(6,760)
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– adjusted
$
3,966
$
4,115
$
3,426
$
8,081
$
6,963
Return on tangible common equity
17.7
%
16.3
%
48.0
%
17.0
%
31.3
%
Return on tangible common equity – adjusted
17.2
16.9
15.0
17.1
15.9
1
 
Excludes intangibles relating to software and asset servicing rights.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 11
IMPACT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE ON U.S. BANKING SEGMENT TRANSLATED EARNINGS
The following table reflects the estimated impact
 
of foreign currency translation on key
 
U.S. Banking segment income statement items.
 
The impact is calculated as
the difference in translated earnings using the average
 
U.S. to Canadian dollars exchange rates in the
 
periods noted.
 
TABLE 8: IMPACT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE ON U.S. BANKING TRANSLATED
EARNINGS
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2026 vs.
April 30, 2026 vs.
April 30, 2025
April 30, 2025
Increase (Decrease)
Increase (Decrease)
U.S. Banking
Total revenue – reported
$
(141)
$
(236)
Total revenue – adjusted
1
(148)
(243)
Non-interest expenses – reported
(92)
(150)
Non interest expenses – adjusted
1
(92)
(151)
U.S. Banking net income excluding Schwab
 
– reported, after tax
(30)
(55)
U.S. Banking net income excluding Schwab
 
– adjusted, after tax
1
(36)
(59)
U.S. Banking net income – reported, after tax
(30)
(55)
U.S. Banking net income – adjusted, after
 
tax
1
(36)
(59)
Earnings (loss) per share
(Canadian dollars)
Basic – reported
$
(0.02)
$
(0.03)
Basic – adjusted
1
(0.02)
(0.04)
Diluted – reported
(0.02)
(0.03)
Diluted – adjusted
1
(0.02)
(0.04)
Average foreign exchange rate (equivalent of CAD $1.00)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2025
2026
2025
U.S. dollar
$
0.730
$
0.703
$
0.725
$
0.704
1
 
For additional information about the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this
document.
FINANCIAL RESULTS
 
OVERVIEW
Performance Summary
Outlined below is an overview of the Bank’s performance
 
for the second quarter of 2026. Shareholder
 
performance indicators help guide
 
and benchmark the
Bank’s accomplishments. For the purposes of
 
this analysis, the Bank utilizes adjusted earnings,
 
which excludes items of note from the reported
 
results that are
prepared in accordance with IFRS. Reported
 
and adjusted results and items of note are
 
explained in “Non-GAAP and Other Financial
 
Measures” in the “How We
Performed” section of this document.
 
Adjusted diluted EPS for the six months ended April
 
30, 2026, increased 21% from the same
 
period last year.
 
Adjusted ROTCE for the six months ended
 
April 30, 2026,
 
was 17.1%.
 
For the twelve months ended April 30,
 
2026, the total shareholder return was 72.2%
 
compared to the Canadian peer
average of 64.0%.
Net Income
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Reported net income for the quarter was $4,251
 
million, a decrease of $6,878 million, or 62%,
 
compared with the second quarter last
 
year, primarily reflecting the
gain on the Schwab sale transaction in the prior
 
year and higher non-interest expenses, partially
 
offset by higher revenues and lower PCL. On an
 
adjusted basis,
net income for the quarter was $4,168
 
million, an increase of $542 million, or 15%,
 
compared with the second quarter last
 
year.
By segment, the decrease in reported net income
 
reflects decreases in the Corporate segment
 
of $8,151 million, partially offset by increases
 
in U.S. Banking of
$693 million, in Canadian Personal and
 
Commercial Banking of $257 million, in
 
Wholesale Banking of $193 million, and in Wealth Management
 
and Insurance of
$130 million.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q1 2026
 
Reported net income for the quarter increased
 
$208 million, or 5%, compared with the prior
 
quarter, primarily reflecting the current quarter impact
 
of a tax benefit
related to the prior year's Schwab sale, lower
 
insurance service expenses and restructuring
 
charges in the prior quarter, partially offset by decreased revenues
including the receivable adjustment in the U.S.
 
strategic cards portfolio.
 
Adjusted net income for the quarter decreased
 
by $48 million, or 1%, compared with
 
the
prior quarter.
By segment, the increase in reported net income
 
reflects increases in the Corporate segment
 
of $423 million, in Wealth Management and
 
Insurance of
$80 million, in Wholesale Banking of
 
$51 million, partially offset by decreases in U.S.
 
Banking of $227 million and in Canadian Personal
 
and Commercial Banking
of $119 million.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Reported net income of $8,294 million, decreased
 
$5,628 million, or 40% compared
 
with the same period last year. The decrease primarily reflects
 
the gain on the
Schwab sale transaction in the prior year and
 
higher non-interest expenses, partially offset by higher
 
revenues. Adjusted net income was $8,384
 
million, an
increase of $1,135 million, or 16%.
By segment, the decrease in reported net income
 
reflects decreases in the Corporate segment
 
of $8,151 million, partially offset by increases
 
in U.S. Banking of
$1,391 million, in Canadian Personal and
 
Commercial Banking of $470 million, in Wholesale
 
Banking of $455 million, and in Wealth Management
 
and Insurance of
$207 million.
Net Interest Income
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
4
Canadian peers include Bank of Montreal, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, Royal Bank of Canada, and The Bank of Nova Scotia.
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 12
Reported net interest income for the quarter
 
was $8,861 million, an increase of $736
 
million, or 9%, compared with the second quarter
 
last year, primarily reflecting
volume growth and higher margins in
 
Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking,
 
higher net interest income in Wholesale
 
Banking, and higher product margins
and the adjustment related to certain deferred
 
product acquisition costs (the "deferred cost
 
adjustment") in the second quarter last
 
year in U.S. Banking. On an
adjusted basis, net interest income was $8,904
 
million, an increase of $696 million, or 8%.
By segment, the increase in reported net interest
 
income reflects increases in Canadian
 
Personal and Commercial Banking of
 
$266 million, in Wholesale
Banking of $231 million, in U.S. Banking of
 
$158 million, in Wealth Management and Insurance
 
of $61 million, and in the Corporate segment
 
of $20 million.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q1 2026
 
Reported net interest income for the quarter
 
increased $72 million, or 1%, compared
 
with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting higher net interest income
 
in
Wholesale Banking, partially offset by decreased revenues
 
in Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking and U.S. Banking reflecting fewer
 
days in the second
quarter, and the impact of foreign exchange translation.
 
On an adjusted basis, net interest income
 
increased $71 million, or 1%.
By segment, the increase in reported net interest
 
income reflects increases in Wholesale
 
Banking of $351 million, in Wealth Management
 
and Insurance of
$17 million, partially offset by a decrease in Canadian
 
Personal and Commercial Banking of
 
$105 million, in U.S. Banking of $100 million,
 
and in the Corporate
segment of $91 million.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Reported net interest income was $17,650
 
million, an increase of $1,659 million, or 10%,
 
compared with the same period last year, primarily reflecting
 
volume
growth and higher loan margins in Canadian
 
Personal and Commercial Banking, higher
 
revenue from treasury and balance
 
sheet activities in the Corporate
segment, higher net interest income in
 
Wholesale Banking, and higher product
 
margins and the impact of U.S. balance
 
sheet restructuring activities in U.S.
Banking. On an adjusted basis, net interest
 
income was $17,737 million, an increase
 
of $1,609 million, or 10%.
By segment, the increase in reported net interest
 
income reflects increases in Canadian
 
Personal and Commercial Banking of
 
$525 million, in U.S. Banking of
$390 million, in the Corporate segment
 
of $383 million, in Wholesale Banking of
 
$263 million, and in Wealth Management and
 
Insurance of $98 million.
Non-Interest Income
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Reported non-interest income for the quarter
 
was $6,936 million, a decrease of $7,876
 
million, or 53%, compared with the second quarter
 
last year, primarily
reflecting the gain on the Schwab sale transaction
 
in the prior year in the Corporate segment,
 
partially offset by higher non-interest income in
 
U.S. Banking
reflecting the impact of U.S. balance
 
sheet restructuring activities in the second
 
quarter last year, and higher fee-based revenues from asset
 
growth and higher
insurance earned premiums in Wealth Management
 
and Insurance. On an adjusted basis, non-interest
 
income was $7,133 million, an increase
 
of $203 million, or
3%.
By segment, the decrease in reported non-interest
 
income reflects a decrease in the Corporate
 
segment of $8,994 million, partially offset by increases
 
in U.S.
Banking of $872 million, in Wealth Management and
 
Insurance of $214 million, and in Wholesale
 
Banking of $33 million.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q1 2026
Reported non-interest income for the quarter
 
decreased by $860 million, or 11%, compared with the prior
 
quarter, primarily reflecting lower non-interest income in
Wholesale Banking, the receivable adjustment
 
in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio in
 
U.S. Banking, and the impact of fewer days
 
in the second quarter in Wealth
Management and Insurance. On an adjusted
 
basis, non-interest income decreased $663
 
million, or 9%.
 
By segment, the decrease in reported non-interest
 
income reflects decreases in Wholesale
 
Banking of $428 million, in U.S. Banking of
 
$201 million, in Wealth
Management and Insurance of $145 million, in
 
Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
 
of $60 million, and in the Corporate
 
segment of $26 million.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Reported non-interest income was $14,732
 
million, a decrease of $6,263 million, or 30%,
 
compared with the same period last year, primarily reflecting
 
the gain on
the Schwab sale transaction in the prior
 
year in the Corporate segment, partially
 
offset by higher non-interest income in U.S. Banking
 
reflecting the impact of U.S.
balance sheet restructuring activities in the
 
prior year, higher fee based revenue, insurance earned
 
premiums, transaction revenue in Wealth Management
 
and
Insurance, and higher non-interest income
 
in Wholesale Banking. Adjusted non-interest
 
income was $14,929 million, an increase
 
of $889 million, or 6%.
By segment, the decrease in reported non-interest
 
income reflects a decrease in the Corporate
 
segment of $9,010 million, partially offset by increases
 
in U.S.
Banking of $1,779 million, in Wealth Management
 
and Insurance of $485 million, in Wholesale
 
Banking of $471 million, and in Canadian
 
Personal and Commercial
Banking of $12 million.
Provision for Credit Losses
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
PCL for the quarter was $1,001 million, a decrease
 
of $340 million compared with the
 
second quarter last year. PCL – impaired was $973 million,
 
an increase of
$27 million, or 3%, largely reflecting credit
 
migration in the Canadian and U.S. consumer
 
and Wholesale lending portfolios, partially offset
 
by lower provisions in the
Canadian commercial lending portfolio.
 
PCL – performing was a build of $28 million,
 
a decrease of $367 million compared
 
with the second quarter last year. The
current quarter performing provisions reflect
 
an update to the macroeconomic outlook,
 
and credit migration, partially offset by migration
 
of performing reserves to
impaired in Wholesale Banking.
 
Total PCL for the quarter as an annualized percentage of credit volume was
 
0.43%.
 
By segment, PCL was lower by $124
 
million in Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking, by $100 million in U.S. Banking,
 
by $71 million in the Corporate
segment,
 
and by $45 million in Wholesale Banking.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 13
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q1 2026
 
PCL for the quarter was $1,001 million, a decrease
 
of $38 million compared with the prior
 
quarter. PCL – impaired was $973 million, a decrease
 
of $191 million, or
16%, largely driven by lower credit migration
 
in Wholesale Banking and U.S Banking.
 
PCL – performing was a build of $28
 
million, compared with a recovery of
$125 million in the prior quarter. The current quarter performing
 
provisions reflect an update to the macroeconomic
 
outlook, and credit migration, partially offset by
migration of performing reserves to impaired
 
in Wholesale Banking.
 
Total PCL for the quarter as an annualized percentage of credit volume was
 
0.43%.
 
By segment, PCL was higher by $62
 
million in Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking, by $47 million in U.S Banking,
 
and lower by $94 million in
Wholesale Banking, and by $53
 
million in the Corporate segment.
Looking forward, while results may vary by
 
quarter, and are subject to changes to economic conditions,
 
we continue to expect fiscal 2026 PCLs to fall
 
within a
range of 40 to 50 basis points
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
PCL was $2,040 million, a decrease
 
of $513 million compared with the same period
 
last year. PCL – impaired was
 
$2,137 million, a decrease of $25 million, largely
driven by lower provisions in the U.S. and
 
Canadian commercial and U.S. consumer
 
lending portfolios, partially offset by credit
 
migration in the Canadian
consumer lending portfolios, and a small number
 
of impairments in Wholesale Banking. PCL
 
– performing was a recovery of $97 million,
 
compared with a build of
$391 million in the same period last year.
 
The current year performing recovery
 
largely reflects migration from performing
 
to impaired and an update to the
macroeconomic outlook,
 
partially offset by credit migration in
 
the Canadian consumer lending portfolios.
 
Total PCL as an annualized percentage
 
of credit volume
was 0.43%.
By segment, PCL was lower by $209
 
million in Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking, by $256 million in U.S. Banking,
 
by $103
 
million in the Corporate
segment, and higher by $55 million in Wholesale
 
Banking.
TABLE 9: PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
– Stage 3 (impaired)
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking
$
465
$
424
$
428
$
889
$
887
U.S. Banking
332
394
309
726
838
Wholesale Banking
80
216
61
296
94
Corporate
2
96
130
148
226
343
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 3
973
1,164
946
2,137
2,162
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
– Stage 1
and Stage 2 (performing)
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking
33
12
194
45
256
U.S. Banking
10
(99)
133
(89)
55
Wholesale Banking
(2)
(44)
62
(46)
101
Corporate
2
(13)
6
6
(7)
(21)
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 1
and Stage 2
28
(125)
395
(97)
391
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
$
1,001
$
1,039
$
1,341
$
2,040
$
2,553
1
 
Includes PCL for off-balance sheet instruments.
2
 
Includes PCL on the retailer program partners’ share of the U.S. strategic cards portfolio.
Insurance Service Expenses
 
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Insurance service expenses for the quarter
 
were $1,398 million, relatively flat compared
 
with the second quarter last year.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q1 2026
Insurance service expenses decreased $224
 
million, or 14%, compared with the prior quarter, mainly driven
 
by lower claims frequency as well as reserve
 
releases
related to prior years.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Insurance service expenses were $3,020
 
million, an increase of $96 million, or 3%,
 
compared with the same period last year, primarily due to
 
business growth and
increased claims severity, partially offset by lower losses from catastrophe
 
claims.
Non-Interest Expenses and Efficiency
 
Ratio
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Reported non-interest expenses were $8,372
 
million, an increase of $233 million, or 3%,
 
compared with the second quarter last
 
year, primarily reflecting higher
governance and control investments,
 
including costs for U.S. BSA/AML remediation,
 
and higher spend supporting business growth
 
initiatives including employee-
related expenses, partially offset by restructuring
 
charges in the second quarter last year. On an adjusted basis, non-interest
 
expenses were $8,339 million, an
increase of $431 million, or 5%. The
 
Bank continues to expect fiscal 2026 adjusted
 
expense growth, assuming fiscal 2025
 
levels of variable compensation, foreign
exchange translation, and U.S. strategic
 
cards portfolio impact, to be at the previously
 
communicated 3% to 4% range, reflecting
 
investments supporting business
growth and investments in governance and
 
control, net of expected productivity and restructuring
 
savings
5
The Bank’s estimated PCL range is based on forward-looking assumptions that have inherent risks and uncertainties. Results may vary depending on actual economic or credit conditions and
performance, such as the level of unemployment, interest rates, economic growth or contraction, and borrower or industry specific credit factors and conditions,
 
inclusive of policy and trade uncertainty.
The Bank’s PCL estimate is subject to risks and uncertainties including those set out in the “Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results” section of this document.
6
The Bank’s expectations regarding expense growth are based on the Bank’s assumptions regarding certain factors, including governance and control investments, timing of business investments,
employee-related expenses, foreign exchange impact, gross-up of the retailer program partners’ share of PCL for the Bank’s U.S. strategic cards portfolio (“SCP Impact”), and productivity and
restructuring savings. In particular in estimating its expense growth expectations, the Bank has assumed that the following three factors on the Bank’s fiscal 2026 adjusted expenses will be the same as
the Bank’s fiscal 2025 adjusted expenses: (i) variable compensation in Wholesale Banking and Wealth Management, (ii) foreign exchange translation, and (iii) SCP Impact. For reference, in the second
quarter of 2026, variable compensation, foreign exchange translation, and the SCP impact, in the aggregate, accounted for approximately 2% of the year-over-year 5% increase in adjusted non-interest
expenses. The Bank’s assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainties and may vary based on factors both within and outside the Bank’s control, including the accuracy of the Bank’s employee
compensation and benefit expense forecasts, impact of business performance on variable compensation, inflation, the pace of productivity initiatives across the organization, and unexpected expenses
such as legal matters. Refer to the “Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results” section of this document for additional information about risks and uncertainties that may impact the Bank’s estimates.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 14
By segment, the increase in reported non-interest
 
expenses reflects increases in U.S.
 
Banking of $138 million, in Wealth Management
 
and Insurance of
$118 million, in Wholesale Banking of $48 million, and in Canadian
 
Personal and Commercial Banking
 
of $36 million, partially offset by a decrease in the
Corporate segment of $107 million.
 
The Bank’s reported efficiency ratio was 53.0%, compared
 
to 35.5% in the second quarter last year. The Bank’s adjusted
 
efficiency ratio, net of ISE was 57.0%,
compared with 57.6%
 
in the second quarter last year.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q1 2026
Reported non-interest expenses decreased
 
$381 million, or 4%, compared with the prior
 
quarter, primarily reflecting restructuring charges in the prior
 
quarter and
lower employee-related expenses. Adjusted
 
non-interest expenses decreased $224
 
million, or 3% compared with the prior quarter.
 
By segment, the decrease in reported non-interest
 
expenses reflects decreases in the
 
Corporate segment of $267 million, in
 
Canadian Personal and
Commercial Banking of $59 million, in Wholesale
 
Banking of $54 million, and in Wealth Management
 
and Insurance of $9 million, partially
 
offset by increases in
U.S. Banking of $8 million.
The Bank’s reported efficiency ratio was 53.0%, compared
 
with 52.8% in the prior quarter. The Bank’s adjusted efficiency ratio, net of
 
ISE was 57.0%, compared
with 57.1% in the prior quarter.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Reported non-interest expenses of $17,125
 
million increased $916 million, or 6%, compared
 
with the same period last year, primarily reflecting higher investments
in governance and controls, including
 
costs for U.S. BSA/AML remediation, and higher
 
spend supporting business growth initiatives including
 
employee-related
expenses. On an adjusted basis, non-interest
 
expenses were $16,902 million, an increase
 
of $1,011 million, or 6%.
By segment, the increase in reported non-interest
 
expenses reflects increases in the
 
Corporate segment of $314 million, in
 
U.S. Banking of $226 million, in
Wealth Management and Insurance of $203 million,
 
in Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking of $97 million, and in Wholesale Banking
 
of $76 million.
The Bank’s reported efficiency ratio was 52.9%, compared
 
with 43.8% in the same period last year. The Bank’s adjusted efficiency
 
ratio, net of ISE was 57.0%,
compared with 58.3% in the same period last
 
year.
Income Taxes
 
The Bank’s effective income tax rate on a reported
 
basis was 15.4% for the current quarter, compared with 8.2% in
 
the second quarter last year and 21.8% in
 
the
prior quarter. The year-over-year increase primarily reflects
 
the tax impact on the disposition of Schwab
 
shares in the prior year. The quarter-over-quarter
decrease primarily reflects the current quarter
 
adjustment to the Bank's estimate of taxes
 
owed on the gain from its disposition of
 
Schwab shares in the prior year.
To allow for an after-tax calculation of adjusted income, the adjusted provision
 
for income taxes is calculated by adjusting
 
the taxes for each item of note using
the statutory income tax rate of the applicable
 
legal entity. The adjusted effective income tax rate is calculated
 
as the adjusted provision for income taxes as
 
a
percentage of adjusted net income before
 
taxes. The Bank’s adjusted effective income tax rate
 
was 21.3%
 
for the current quarter, compared with 20.8% in the
second quarter last year and 22.0% in
 
the prior quarter. The year-over-year increase primarily reflects
 
the impact of higher adjusted pre-tax income,
 
partially offset
by changes in earnings mix. The quarter-over-quarter
 
decrease primarily reflects changes in
 
earnings mix.
TABLE 10: INCOME TAXES – Reconciliation of Reported to Adjusted Provision for
 
Income Taxes
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Income taxes at Canadian statutory income
 
tax rate
 
$
1,397
27.8
%
$
1,438
27.8
%
$
3,347
27.8
%
$
2,835
27.8
%
$
4,253
27.8
%
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
Rate differentials on international operations
1
(591)
(11.8)
(276)
(5.3)
(2,303)
(19.1)
(867)
(8.5)
(2,502)
(16.4)
Other
(31)
(0.6)
(34)
(0.7)
(59)
(0.5)
(65)
(0.6)
(68)
(0.4)
Provision for income taxes and effective
income tax rate – reported
$
775
15.4
%
$
1,128
21.8
%
$
985
8.2
%
$
1,903
18.7
%
$
1,683
11.0
%
Total adjustments for items of note
356
61
(56)
417
208
Provision for income taxes and effective
income tax rate – adjusted
$
1,131
21.3
%
$
1,189
22.0
%
$
929
20.8
%
$
2,320
21.7
%
$
1,891
21.5
%
1
 
These amounts reflect tax credits as well as international earnings mix.
Income Tax Adjustment on the Gain on Sale of Schwab Shares
In the current quarter, the Bank revised its estimate of
 
taxes owed on the gain from its disposition
 
of Schwab shares in the prior year. The revision reflects
 
the
Bank's most recent tax filings and includes
 
previously inestimable information.
 
The revision reduced the Bank's provision
 
for income taxes by $288 million and was
reflected as an item of note in the Corporate
 
segment results.
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 15
ECONOMIC SUMMARY AND OUTLOOK
 
The global economic outlook continues to
 
slow in calendar 2026. The conflict in the
 
Middle East and resulting surge in oil prices has already
 
lifted inflation and is
expected to continue to put downward pressure
 
on global growth. The conflict has also increased
 
volatility in financial and commodity markets
 
due to uncertainty
over the duration of restricted oil flows
 
through the Strait of Hormuz and elevated
 
oil prices. While some economies, including
 
parts of Europe, may see a modest
pickup in economic activity from higher government
 
spending later in the year, the near-term fallout from the oil
 
supply crunch will remain a dominant theme
weighing on growth in much of Asia and Europe.
Incoming data suggest that the U.S. economy
 
has remained resilient despite a fluid policy
 
backdrop. Activity through the first calendar
 
quarter of 2026 was
supported by continued AI-related capital
 
spending (shifting from construction toward
 
equipment and software) and a rebound
 
in government activity after last
year's shutdown. Consumer spending
 
was a soft spot, in part reflecting bad weather
 
and, more recently, higher gasoline prices. Looking ahead, TD Economics
expects tax cuts, continued investments in
 
AI, and a business-friendly regulatory environment
 
to help sustain the expansion. However, the pace of
 
growth will
remain sensitive to labour market conditions,
 
energy-price volatility and the evolution
 
of trade policy.
Hiring in the U.S. was volatile through
 
the first quarter of calendar 2026, but looking
 
past the month-to-month volatility, the trend indicates job growth
 
has picked
up from an anemic pace at the end of last
 
year alongside a stabilization in the unemployment
 
rate. Inflation pressures have also picked
 
up, reflecting both the
pass-through from tariffs and higher energy prices.
 
We expect core inflation to drift higher in
 
the coming months reflecting the knock-on
 
effects of higher energy
costs. As a result, the Federal Reserve is likely
 
to leave the federal funds rate unchanged
 
at a range of 3.5%-3.75% this year. Should the supply
 
shocks fade and
inflation trends improve, TD Economics
 
forecasts that the Federal Reserve would lower
 
the policy rate towards estimates of a “neutral”
 
level at 3.25%-3.50% in
2027. The timing and pace of interest rate
 
moves will depend on whether job growth
 
weakens further and whether inflationary pressures
 
prove more persistent
than expected.
Canada’s economy has continued to expand at
 
a modest pace. The impact of U.S. tariffs is evident
 
both directly, via weaker exports in affected sectors, and
indirectly, through elevated uncertainty that has tempered hiring
 
and delayed some investment decisions.
 
Overall, Canada's labour market has shown
 
a lack of
dynamism. So far this year, total employment has declined
 
by a modest 28,000 per month on average.
 
Slower population growth has reduced
 
labour force growth,
which has kept the unemployment rate in
 
a still-elevated range of 6.5%-7%. Looking
 
ahead in 2026, a modest improvement in
 
the economy is expected alongside
a gradual improvement in housing activity, public infrastructure and
 
defense outlays, and some firming in
 
business investment. However, the risks to the outlook
remain highly sensitive to geopolitical events
 
and U.S. trade policy.
The Canadian central bank has maintained
 
a steady policy stance in 2026, keeping
 
the overnight rate at 2.25% after substantial
 
easing since mid-2024. TD
Economics expects no change in the policy
 
interest rate through the remainder of 2026.
 
Due to the economy having excess supply
 
and a weakened economic
growth profile, this is expected to outweigh
 
any near-term rise in inflation within the
 
conditions evaluated by the Bank of Canada.
 
Once the conflict subsides, a
generally weaker U.S. dollar and a smaller
 
gap between U.S. and Canadian short-term interest
 
rates are expected to lift the Canadian dollar. TD Economics
expects the Canadian dollar to appreciate to
 
the 74-75 U.S. cent range by late-2026, although
 
the outcome of U.S. trade policy will be a
 
key determinant for timing
and direction.
HOW OUR BUSINESSES PERFORMED
For management reporting purposes, the Bank’s business
 
operations and activities are organized around
 
the following four key business segments:
 
Canadian
Personal and Commercial Banking, U.S. Banking,
 
Wealth Management and Insurance, and Wholesale
 
Banking. The Bank’s other activities are grouped
 
into the
Corporate segment. Effective June 1, 2026, the Bank
 
will implement a reorganization within
 
the Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
 
segment, whereby
Small Business Banking will transition from
 
Canadian Business Banking to Canadian
 
Personal Banking.
 
The reorganization will not impact the segment’s
reporting.
Results of each business segment reflect revenue,
 
expenses, assets, and liabilities generated
 
by the businesses in that segment. Where
 
applicable,
 
the Bank
measures and evaluates the performance of
 
each segment based on adjusted results
 
and ROE, and for those segments,
 
the Bank indicates that the measure is
adjusted. For further details, refer to the “How
 
We Performed”
 
section of this document, the “Business
 
Focus”
 
section in the Bank’s 2025 MD&A, and Note
 
27 of
the Bank’s Annual Consolidated Financial
 
Statements for the year ended October 31,
 
2025.
 
PCL related to performing (Stage 1 and Stage
 
2) and impaired (Stage 3) financial assets, loan
 
commitments, and financial guarantees is recorded
 
within the
respective segment.
 
Net interest income within Wholesale Banking
 
is calculated on a taxable equivalent basis
 
(TEB), which means that the value of non-taxable
 
or tax-exempt
income, including certain dividends, is adjusted
 
to its equivalent pre-tax value. Using
 
TEB allows the Bank to measure income from
 
all securities and loans
consistently and makes for a more meaningful
 
comparison of net interest income with similar
 
institutions. The TEB increase to net interest income
 
and provision for
income taxes reflected in Wholesale Banking
 
results is reversed in the Corporate segment.
 
The TEB adjustment for the quarter was $18
 
million, compared with
$17 million in the prior quarter and $13 million
 
in the second quarter last year.
The Bank’s U.S. strategic cards portfolio is comprised
 
of agreements with certain U.S. retailers
 
pursuant to which TD is the U.S. issuer
 
of private label and co-
branded consumer credit cards to their U.S.
 
customers. Under the terms of the individual
 
agreements, the Bank and the retailers
 
share in the profits generated by
the relevant portfolios after credit losses.
 
Under IFRS, TD is required to present the gross
 
amount of revenue and PCL related to these
 
portfolios in the Bank’s
Interim Consolidated Statement of Income.
 
At the segment level, the retailer program
 
partners’ share of revenues and credit
 
losses is presented in the Corporate
segment, with an offsetting amount (representing
 
the partners’ net share) recorded in non-interest
 
expenses, resulting in no impact to the
 
Corporate segment’s
reported net income (loss). The net income
 
included in the U.S. Banking segment includes
 
only the portion of revenue and credit
 
losses attributable to TD under
the agreements.
Effective the first quarter of 2026, non-interest income
 
within U.S. Banking is adjusted for the Bank’s
 
share of losses from community-based
 
tax-advantaged
investments accounted for using the equity
 
method which are reclassified to provision for income
 
taxes. This allows the Bank to measure the
 
effective tax rate for
U.S. Banking consistently with similar institutions.
 
The adjustment between non-interest income
 
and provision for income taxes reflected in
 
U.S. Banking results is
reversed in the Corporate segment. Comparative
 
amounts have been reclassified to conform
 
with the presentation adopted in the first quarter
 
of 2026.
On February 12, 2025, the Bank sold its entire
 
remaining equity investment in Schwab.
 
Prior to the sale, the Bank accounted
 
for its investment in Schwab using
the equity method and the share of net income
 
from investment in Schwab was reported in
 
the U.S. Banking segment. Amounts for amortization
 
of acquired
intangibles,
 
the acquisition and integration charges related
 
to the Schwab transaction, and the Bank’s share
 
of restructuring and other charges incurred
 
by Schwab
were recorded in the Corporate segment.
 
Beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2025,
 
the U.S. Banking segment no longer includes
 
contributions from Schwab
and consequently discussions of the U.S. Banking
 
segment’s performance exclude Schwab.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 16
TABLE 11: CANADIAN PERSONAL AND COMMERCIAL BANKING
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net interest income
$
4,289
$
4,394
$
4,023
$
8,683
$
8,158
Non-interest income
967
1,027
968
1,994
1,982
Total revenue
5,256
5,421
4,991
10,677
10,140
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
465
424
428
889
887
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
33
12
194
45
256
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
498
436
622
934
1,143
Non-interest expenses
2,088
2,147
2,052
4,235
4,138
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
745
794
649
1,539
1,360
Net income
$
1,925
$
2,044
$
1,668
$
3,969
$
3,499
Selected volumes and ratios
Return on common equity
1
31.3
%
32.1
%
28.9
%
31.7
%
30.2
%
Net interest margin (including on securitized
 
assets)
2
2.85
2.83
2.82
2.84
2.82
Efficiency ratio
39.7
39.6
41.1
39.7
40.8
Number of Canadian retail branches
 
at period end
1,042
1,043
1,059
1,042
1,059
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
3
33,159
33,660
32,152
33,414
32,204
1
 
Capital allocated to the business segment was 11.5% CET1 Capital.
2
 
Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Average
 
interest-earning assets used in the calculation of net interest margin is a non-
GAAP financial measure. Refer to “Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed”
 
section and the Glossary of this document for additional information about
these metrics.
3
 
Effective the third quarter of 2025, call center operations have been realigned from the Corporate segment
 
to the businesses, providing end-to-end ownership of customer experience.
The change mainly impacts the Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking segment. Average number
 
of full-time equivalent staff has been restated for comparative periods.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking net income for the quarter was
 
$1,925 million, an increase of $257
 
million, or 15%, compared with the second
quarter last year, primarily reflecting higher revenue and lower
 
PCL. The annualized ROE for the quarter
 
was 31.3%, compared with 28.9% in the
 
second quarter
last year.
Revenue for the quarter was $5,256 million, an
 
increase of $265 million, or 5%,
 
compared with the second quarter last year. Net interest income
 
was
$4,289 million, an increase of $266 million, or
 
7%, primarily reflecting volume growth
 
and higher margins. Average loan volumes
 
increased $32 billion, or 6%,
reflecting 5% growth in personal loans and
 
7% growth in business loans. Average deposit
 
volumes increased $12 billion, or 3%, reflecting
 
1% growth in personal
deposits and 5% growth in business deposits.
 
Net interest margin was 2.85%, an increase
 
of 3 basis points (bps), primarily due to higher
 
margins on loans and
deposits, partially offset by changes in balance
 
sheet mix. Non-interest income was $967
 
million, relatively flat compared with the second
 
quarter last year.
PCL for the quarter was $498 million, a decrease
 
of $124 million compared with the second
 
quarter last year. PCL – impaired was $465 million, an increase
 
of
$37 million, or 9%, largely reflecting credit
 
migration in the consumer lending portfolios, partially
 
offset by lower provisions in the commercial lending
 
portfolio. PCL
– performing was $33 million, a decrease of
 
$161 million compared with the second quarter
 
last year. The performing provisions this quarter were largely
 
driven by
the consumer lending portfolios reflecting an
 
update to the macroeconomic outlook.
 
Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.33%, a
decrease of 11 bps compared with the second quarter last year.
Non-interest expenses for the quarter were $2,088
 
million, an increase of $36 million, or 2%,
 
compared with the second quarter last
 
year, primarily reflecting
higher employee-related expenses.
The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 39.7%, compared
 
with 41.1% in the second quarter last
 
year.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q1 2026
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking net income for the quarter was
 
$1,925 million, a decrease of $119 million, or 6%, compared
 
with the prior quarter,
primarily reflecting the impact of fewer days
 
in the second quarter and higher PCL.
 
The annualized ROE for the quarter
 
was 31.3%, compared with 32.1% in the
prior quarter.
Revenue decreased $165 million, or 3%,
 
compared with the prior quarter. Net interest income decreased
 
$105 million, or 2%, primarily reflecting fewer
 
days in
the second quarter. Average loan volumes increased $3 billion,
 
while average deposit volumes decreased
 
$2 billion. Net interest margin was 2.85%,
 
an increase
of 2 bps, primarily due to higher margins on loans
 
and deposits, partially offset by changes in balance
 
sheet mix. As we look forward to the third
 
quarter, based on
current rate and competitive market dynamics,
 
we expect net interest margin to be relatively
 
stable, similar to this quarter's results
 
Non-interest income
decreased $60 million, or 6%, compared with
 
the prior quarter, reflecting lower fee revenue.
PCL for the quarter was $498 million, an increase
 
of $62 million compared with the prior
 
quarter. PCL – impaired was $465 million, an increase
 
of $41 million, or
10%, largely reflecting higher provisions in
 
the commercial lending portfolio. PCL –
 
performing was $33 million, an increase
 
of $21 million compared with the prior
quarter. The performing provisions this quarter were largely
 
driven by the consumer lending portfolios
 
reflecting an update to the macroeconomic
 
outlook. Total
PCL as an annualized percentage of credit
 
volume was 0.33%, an increase of 5 bps
 
compared with the prior quarter.
Non-interest expenses decreased $59 million, or
 
3%, compared with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting
 
fewer days in the second quarter.
 
The efficiency ratio was 39.7%, compared with 39.6%
 
in the prior quarter
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking net income for the six months ended
 
April 30, 2026, was $3,969 million, an increase
 
of $470 million, or 13%,
compared with the same period last year, reflecting higher
 
revenue and lower PCL, partially offset by higher
 
non-interest expenses. The annualized
 
ROE for the
period was 31.7%, compared with 30.2% in
 
the same period last year.
Revenue for the period was $10,677 million,
 
an increase of $537 million, or 5%, compared
 
with the same period last year. Net interest income was
$8,683 million, an increase of $525 million, or
 
6%, compared with the same period last
 
year, primarily reflecting volume growth and higher loan
 
margins. Average
loan volumes increased $32 billion, or 5%,
 
reflecting 5% growth in personal loans
 
and 6% growth in business loans. Average deposit
 
volumes increased
$14 billion, or 3%, reflecting 2% growth in
 
personal deposits and 5% growth in business
 
deposits. Net interest margin was 2.84%,
 
an increase of 2 bps, primarily
due to higher margins on loans and deposits,
 
partially offset by changes in balance sheet
 
mix. Non-interest income was $1,994
 
million, an increase of $12 million,
or 1%, reflecting business growth.
 
7
 
The Bank’s Q3 2026 net interest margin expectations for the segment are based on the Bank’s assumptions regarding factors such as Bank of Canada rate actions, competitive market dynamics, and
deposit reinvestment rates and maturity profiles, and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, including those set out in the “Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results” section of this document.
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 17
PCL was $934 million, a decrease of $209
 
million compared with the same period last
 
year. PCL – impaired was $889 million, an increase of
 
$2 million,
relatively flat compared with the same period
 
last year, reflecting credit migration in the consumer lending
 
portfolios, largely offset by lower provisions in the
commercial lending portfolio. PCL – performing
 
was $45 million, a decrease of $211 million compared with the same
 
period last year. The current year performing
provisions were largely related to credit
 
migration in the consumer lending portfolios
 
and volume growth, partially offset by the impact
 
of a model update in the
other personal lending portfolios. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of
 
credit volume was 0.31%, a decrease of
 
8 bps compared with the same period last
year.
Non-interest expenses were $4,235 million,
 
an increase of $97 million, or 2%, compared
 
with the same period last year, reflecting higher employee-related
expenses.
The efficiency ratio was 39.7%, compared with 40.8%
 
for the same period last year.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 18
TABLE 12: U.S. BANKING
(millions of dollars, except as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
Canadian Dollars
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net interest income – reported
$
 
3,196
$
 
3,296
$
 
3,038
$
 
6,492
$
 
6,102
Net interest income – adjusted
1,2
 
3,196
 
3,296
 
3,074
 
6,492
 
6,138
Non-interest income (loss) – reported
3
 
588
 
789
(284)
 
1,377
(402)
Non-interest income – adjusted
1,3,4
 
785
 
789
 
809
 
1,574
 
1,618
Total revenue – reported
 
3,784
 
4,085
 
2,754
 
7,869
 
5,700
Total revenue – adjusted
1
 
3,981
 
4,085
 
3,883
 
8,066
 
7,756
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
 
332
 
394
 
309
 
726
 
838
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
 
10
(99)
 
133
(89)
 
55
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
 
342
 
295
 
442
 
637
 
893
Non-interest expenses – reported
 
2,476
 
2,468
 
2,338
 
4,944
 
4,718
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
1,5
 
2,476
 
2,512
 
2,338
 
4,988
 
4,718
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – reported
3
 
153
 
282
(68)
 
435
(96)
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – adjusted
1,3
 
203
 
271
 
214
 
474
 
417
U.S. Banking net income excluding Schwab
 
– reported
 
813
 
1,040
 
42
 
1,853
 
185
U.S. Banking net income excluding Schwab
 
– adjusted
1
 
960
 
1,007
 
889
 
1,967
 
1,728
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab
6,7
 
78
 
277
U.S. Banking net income – reported
$
 
813
$
 
1,040
$
 
120
$
 
1,853
$
 
462
U.S. Banking net income – adjusted
1
 
960
 
1,007
 
967
 
1,967
 
2,005
U.S. Dollars
Net interest income – reported
$
 
2,332
$
 
2,372
$
 
2,136
$
 
4,704
$
 
4,296
Net interest income – adjusted
1,2
 
2,332
 
2,372
 
2,161
 
4,704
 
4,321
Non-interest income (loss) – reported
3
 
430
 
569
(193)
 
999
(275)
Non-interest income – adjusted
1,3,4
 
574
 
569
 
570
 
1,143
 
1,140
Total revenue – reported
 
2,762
 
2,941
 
1,943
 
5,703
 
4,021
Total revenue – adjusted
1
 
2,906
 
2,941
 
2,731
 
5,847
 
5,461
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
 
243
 
284
 
216
 
527
 
587
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
 
7
(72)
 
95
(65)
 
42
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
 
250
 
212
 
311
 
462
 
629
Non-interest expenses – reported
 
1,807
 
1,778
 
1,644
 
3,585
 
3,319
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
1,5
 
1,807
 
1,810
 
1,644
 
3,617
 
3,319
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – reported
3
 
110
 
204
(47)
 
314
(67)
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – adjusted
1,3
 
147
 
196
 
150
 
343
 
293
U.S. Banking net income excluding Schwab
 
– reported
 
595
 
747
 
35
 
1,342
 
140
U.S. Banking net income excluding Schwab
 
– adjusted
1
 
702
 
723
 
626
 
1,425
 
1,220
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab
6,7
 
54
 
196
U.S. Banking net income – reported
$
 
595
$
 
747
$
 
89
$
 
1,342
$
 
336
U.S. Banking net income – adjusted
1
 
702
 
723
 
680
 
1,425
 
1,416
Selected volumes and ratios
U.S. Banking return on common equity excluding
 
Schwab – reported
8
 
8.2
%
 
9.9
%
 
0.5
%
 
9.0
%
 
0.9
%
U.S. Banking return on common equity excluding
 
Schwab – adjusted
1,8
 
9.6
 
9.6
 
8.3
 
9.6
 
7.9
U.S. Banking return on common equity – reported
8
 
8.2
 
9.9
 
1.1
 
9.0
 
2.1
U.S. Banking return on common equity – adjusted
1,8
 
9.6
 
9.6
 
8.8
 
9.6
 
8.7
Net interest margin – reported
9
 
3.41
 
3.38
 
3.00
 
3.40
 
2.93
Net interest margin – adjusted
1,9
 
3.41
 
3.38
 
3.04
 
3.40
 
2.95
Efficiency ratio – reported
3
 
65.4
 
60.5
 
84.6
 
62.9
 
82.5
Efficiency ratio – adjusted
1,3
 
62.2
 
61.5
 
60.2
 
61.9
 
60.8
Assets under administration (billions of U.S.
 
dollars)
10
$
 
46
$
 
47
$
 
45
$
 
46
$
 
45
Assets under management (billions of U.S.
 
dollars)
10
 
11
 
11
 
9
 
11
 
9
Number of U.S. banking stores
 
1,048
 
1,049
 
1,137
 
1,048
 
1,137
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
 
30,326
 
29,877
 
28,604
 
30,098
 
28,437
1
 
For additional information about the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section, and the Glossary of this
document.
2
 
Adjusted net interest income excludes the following item of note:
i.
 
Balance sheet restructuring (impact of loan hedge rebalancing before the close of the correspondent loan sale) – Q2 2025: $36 million or US$25 million ($26 million or US$19 million after tax),
2025 YTD: $36 million or US$25 million ($26 million or US$19 million after tax).
3
 
Effective the first quarter of 2026, non-interest income within U.S. Banking is adjusted for the Bank’s share of losses from community-based tax-advantaged investments accounted for using the equity
method which are reclassified to provision for income taxes. The adjustment between non-interest income and provision for income taxes reflected in U.S. Banking results is reversed in the Corporate
segment. The adjustment for the quarter was $179 million (US$131 million), compared with $184 million (US$132 million) in the prior quarter, and $161 million (US$113 million) in the second quarter last
year, 2026 YTD: $363 million (US$263 million); 2025 YTD: $325 million (US$229 million). Comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the first quarter of
2026.
4
 
Adjusted non-interest income excludes the following items of note:
i.
 
Balance sheet restructuring – Q2 2025: $1,093 million or US$763 million ($821 million or US$572 million after tax), 2025 YTD: $2,020 million or US$1,415 million ($1,517 million or US$1,061 million
after tax).
ii.
 
Charge reflecting a change in the partnership share in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, resulting in an adjustment to the corresponding program receivable – Q2 2026: $197 million or
US$144 million ($147 million or US$107 million after tax), 2026 YTD: $197 million or US$144 million ($147 million or US$107 million after tax).
5
 
Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the following item of note:
i.
 
FDIC special assessment – Q1 2026: ($44) million or US($32) million (($33) million or US($24) million after tax), 2026 YTD: ($44) million or US($32) million (($33) million or US($24) million after
tax).
6
 
The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings was reported with a one-month lag. Refer to Note 7 of the Bank’s second quarter 2026 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
7
 
The after-tax amount for amortization of acquired intangibles was recorded in the Corporate segment.
 
8
 
Capital allocated to the business segment was 11.5% CET1 Capital.
9
 
Net interest margin is calculated by dividing U.S. Banking segment’s net interest income by average interest-earning assets excluding the impact related to sweep deposits arrangements and the impact
of intercompany deposits and cash collateral, which management believes better reflects segment performance. In addition, the value of tax-exempt interest income is adjusted to its equivalent before-
tax value. For investment securities, the adjustment to fair value is included in the calculation of average interest-earning assets. Net interest income and average interest-earning assets used in the
calculation are non-GAAP financial measures.
10
 
For additional information about this metric, refer to the Glossary of this document.
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 19
On February 12, 2025, the Bank sold its entire
 
remaining equity investment in Schwab.
 
Discussions of the U.S. Banking segment's
 
performance exclude Schwab.
Refer to the "Significant Events" section of
 
the Bank's 2025 Annual Report for
 
further details.
 
During the second quarter of fiscal 2026,
 
the Bank completed the conversion of its Nordstrom
 
credit card portfolio onto the Bank’s servicing
 
platform and received
a greater share of revenue and credit losses.
 
The Bank incurred a charge of $197 million (US$144
 
million) pre-tax, reflecting an adjustment of
 
amounts which will
no longer be recovered from Nordstrom for
 
expected credit losses ("receivable adjustment").
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
U.S. Banking reported net income was $813 million
 
(US$595
 
million), an increase of $771
 
million (US$560
 
million), compared with the second quarter
 
last year,
reflecting the impact of U.S. balance
 
sheet restructuring activities and lower PCL,
 
partially offset by the receivable adjustment
 
in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio,
higher governance and control investments,
 
including costs for U.S. BSA/AML
 
remediation in the current quarter, and higher
 
spend supporting business growth
initiatives. U.S. Banking adjusted net income
 
was $960
 
million (US$702 million), an increase of
 
$71 million (US$76
 
million), or 8% (12% in U.S. dollars), compared
with the second quarter last year, reflecting
 
lower PCL and the impact of
 
U.S. balance sheet restructuring activities, partially
 
offset by higher governance and
control investments, including costs for U.S.
 
BSA/AML remediation in
 
the current quarter, and higher spend supporting
 
business growth initiatives. The reported
and adjusted annualized ROE for the quarter
 
were 8.2% and 9.6%, respectively, compared
 
with 0.5% and 8.3%, respectively, in
 
the second quarter last year.
Reported revenue for the quarter was US$2,762
 
million, an increase of US$819 million,
 
or 42%, compared with the second
 
quarter last year. Adjusted
 
revenue
for the quarter was US$2,906
 
million, an increase of US$175
 
million, or 6%, compared with the second
 
quarter last year. Reported and adjusted
 
net interest
income of US$2,332 million, increased US$196
 
million, or 9%, on a reported basis,
 
and increased US$171 million, or 8%, on
 
an adjusted basis, largely reflecting
higher product margins and the deferred
 
cost adjustment in the second quarter last
 
year. Reported and adjusted net interest
 
margin of 3.41%, increased 41 bps on
a reported basis, and increased 37 bps on an
 
adjusted basis,
 
due to higher loan and deposit margins,
 
the impact of U.S. balance sheet restructuring
 
activities, and
the normalization of elevated liquidity levels (which
 
positively impacted net interest margin
 
by 8 bps). Reported non-interest income
 
was US$430
 
million, an
increase of US$623
 
million, compared with the second quarter
 
last year, reflecting the impact of U.S. balance
 
sheet restructuring activities in the second quarter
last year, partially offset by the receivable adjustment
 
in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio.
 
On an adjusted basis, non-interest income
 
was US$574
 
million, an
increase of US$4 million, or 1%, compared
 
with the second quarter last year.
Average loan volumes decreased US$13
 
billion, or 7%, compared with the second
 
quarter last year. Personal loans decreased
 
4% and business loans
decreased 10%, reflecting U.S. balance
 
sheet restructuring activities. Excluding the impact
 
of the loan portfolios identified for sale or
 
run-off under our U.S.
balance sheet restructuring program, core
 
average loan volumes increased US$4
 
billion, or 3%
. Average deposit volumes decreased
 
US$17 billion, or 5%,
reflecting a 14% decrease in sweep deposits,
 
a 2% decrease in personal deposits, and
 
a 2% decrease in business deposits.
 
Assets under administration (AUA) were US$46
 
billion as at April 30, 2026,
 
an increase of US$1 billion, or 2%, compared
 
with the second quarter last year, and
assets under management (AUM) were US$11
 
billion as of April 30, 2026,
 
an increase of US$2 billion, or 22%, compared
 
with the second quarter last year, both
reflecting net asset growth and market appreciation.
PCL for the quarter was US$250
 
million, a decrease of US$61 million
 
compared with the second quarter last
 
year. PCL – impaired was US$243
 
million, an
increase of US$27 million, or 13%, largely
 
reflecting credit migration in the consumer
 
lending portfolios. PCL – performing
 
was a build of US$7 million, a decrease
of US$88 million compared with the second quarter
 
last year. The performing provisions
 
this quarter were recorded in both the consumer
 
and commercial lending
portfolios, partially offset by lower volume.
 
U.S. Banking PCL including
 
only the Bank’s share of PCL
 
in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, as an annualized
percentage of credit volume was 0.60%, a
 
decrease of 9 bps compared with the
 
second quarter last year.
Non-interest expenses for the quarter were US$1,807
 
million, an increase of US$163 million,
 
or 10%, compared to the second quarter last
 
year, reflecting higher
governance and control investments including
 
costs of US$173 million for U.S. BSA/AML
 
remediation, higher spend supporting business
 
growth initiatives, and
higher employee-related expenses.
The reported and adjusted efficiency ratios
 
for the quarter were 65.4% and 62.2%, respectively,
 
compared with 84.6% and 60.2%, respectively,
 
in the second
quarter last year.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q1 2026
U.S. Banking reported net income was $813 million
 
(US$595
 
million), a decrease of $227 million (US$152
 
million), or 22% (20% in U.S. dollars),
 
compared with
the prior quarter, primarily reflecting the receivable
 
adjustment in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio,
 
higher PCL, the impact of fewer days
 
in the second quarter, and
the expense recovery of the FDIC special assessment
 
charge in the prior quarter. U.S. Banking adjusted
 
net income was $960 million (US$702 million),
 
a
decrease of $47 million (US$21
 
million), or 5% (3% in U.S. dollars), compared
 
to the prior quarter, primarily reflecting
 
higher PCL and the impact
 
of fewer days in
the second quarter. The reported and
 
adjusted annualized ROE for the quarter were
 
8.2% and 9.6%, respectively, compared with
 
9.9% and 9.6%, respectively, in
the prior quarter.
Reported revenue for the quarter was US$2,762
 
million, a decrease of US$179
 
million, or 6%, compared with the
 
prior quarter. Adjusted
 
revenue for the quarter
was US$2,906
 
million, a decrease of US$35 million,
 
or 1%, compared with the prior quarter.
 
Reported and adjusted net interest income
 
of US$2,332 million,
decreased US$40 million, or 2%, largely reflecting
 
fewer days in the second quarter.
 
Net interest margin of 3.41%, increased
 
3 bps, due to higher loan and deposit
margins. Net interest margin is expected
 
to modestly increase in the third quarter of
 
fiscal 2026
 
Reported non-interest income was US$430
 
million, a decrease
of US$139 million, or 24%, compared with
 
the prior quarter, reflecting the receivable adjustment
 
in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio.
 
On an adjusted basis, non-
interest income was US$574
 
million, an increase of US$5 million, or
 
1%, compared with the prior quarter.
Average loan volumes decreased US$2
 
billion, or 1%, compared with the prior
 
quarter, reflecting a 1% decrease in personal
 
loans and a 1% decrease in
business loans. Excluding the impact of the
 
loan portfolios identified for sale or run-off
 
under our U.S. balance sheet restructuring
 
program, core average loan
volumes were flat
Average deposit volumes decreased US$4
 
billion, or 1%, compared with the prior
 
quarter, reflecting a 3% decrease in
 
sweep deposits and a
3% decrease in business deposits, partially offset
 
by a 1% increase in personal deposits,
 
compared to the prior quarter.
AUA were US$46 billion as
 
at April 30, 2026, a decrease
 
of US$1 billion, or 2%, compared with
 
the prior quarter, reflecting a decrease in net assets,
 
and AUM
were US$11 billion as at April
 
30, 2026, flat compared with the prior
 
quarter.
PCL for the quarter was US$250
 
million, an increase of US$38 million
 
compared with the prior quarter. PCL
 
– impaired was US$243 million, a decrease
 
of
US$41 million, or 14%, reflecting lower provisions
 
in both the commercial and consumer
 
lending portfolios. PCL – performing was
 
a build of US$7 million,
compared with a recovery of US$72 million
 
in the prior quarter. The performing
 
provisions this quarter were recorded in
 
both the consumer and commercial lending
8
Loan portfolios identified for sale or run-off include the Point-of-Sale finance business which services third party retailers, correspondent lending, export and import lending, commercial auto dealer
portfolio, and other non-core portfolios. Q2 2026 average loan volumes: US$173 billion (Q1 2026: US$175 billion; 2026 YTD: US$174 billion; Q2 2025: US$187 billion; 2025 YTD: US$190 billion).
Q2 2026 average loan volumes of loan portfolios identified for sale or run-off: US$9 billion (Q1 2026: US$11 billion; 2026 YTD: US$10 billion; Q2 2025: US$27 billion; 2025 YTD: US$30 billion). Q2 2026
average loan volumes excluding loan portfolios identified for sale or run-off: US$164 billion (Q1 2026: US$164 billion; 2026 YTD: US$164 billion; Q2 2025: US$160 billion; 2025 YTD: US$160 billion).
9
 
For additional information about the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this document.
10
 
The Bank’s Q3 2026 net interest margin expectations for the segment are based on the Bank’s assumptions regarding interest rates, deposit reinvestment rates, average asset levels, execution of
planned restructuring opportunities, and other variables, and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, including those set out in the “Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results” section of this
document.
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 20
portfolios, partially offset by lower volume.
 
U.S. Banking PCL including
 
only the Bank’s share of PCL
 
in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, as an annualized
percentage of credit volume was 0.60%, an
 
increase of 11 bps compared with
 
the prior quarter.
Reported and adjusted non-interest expenses
 
for the quarter were US$1,807 million,
 
an increase of US$29 million, or 2%, on a
 
reported basis, compared with
the prior quarter, reflecting the expense recovery
 
of the FDIC special assessment charge
 
in the prior quarter. On an adjusted basis,
 
non-interest expenses were
relatively flat compared with the prior quarter.
The reported and adjusted efficiency ratios
 
for the quarter were 65.4% and 62.2%, respectively,
 
compared with 60.5% and 61.5%, respectively,
 
in the prior
quarter.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
U.S. Banking reported net income for the six
 
months ended April 30, 2026, was $1,853
 
million (US$1,342
 
million), an increase of $1,668
 
million
(US$1,202
 
million), compared with the same period last
 
year, reflecting the impact of U.S. balance sheet restructuring
 
activities, lower PCL, and the expense
recovery of the FDIC special assessment
 
charge, partially offset by higher governance
 
and control investments, including
 
costs for U.S. BSA/AML remediation,
and the receivable adjustment in the U.S.
 
strategic cards portfolio.
 
U.S. Banking adjusted net income
 
was $1,967
 
million (US$1,425
 
million), an increase of
$239 million (US$205
 
million), or 14% (17% in U.S. dollars), reflecting
 
the impact of U.S. balance sheet restructuring
 
activities and lower PCL, partially offset by
higher governance and control investments,
 
including costs for U.S. BSA/AML
 
remediation.
 
The reported and adjusted annualized ROE
 
for the period were 9.0%
and 9.6%, respectively, compared with 0.9% and 7.9%, respectively, in the same period
 
last year.
Reported revenue for the period was US$5,703
 
million, an increase of US$1,682
 
million, or 42%, compared with the same period
 
last year. On an adjusted
basis, revenue for the period was US$5,847
 
million, an increase of US$386 million, or 7%,
 
compared with the same period last
 
year. Reported and adjusted net
interest income of US$4,704 million, increased
 
US$408 million, or 9%, on a reported
 
basis, and increased US$383 million, or
 
9%, on an adjusted basis, reflecting
higher product margins, the impact of
 
U.S. balance sheet restructuring activities,
 
and the deferred cost adjustment in the
 
prior year. Reported and adjusted net
interest margin of 3.40%, increased 47bps
 
on a reported basis,
 
and increased 45bps on an adjusted basis,
 
due to higher deposit and loan margins
 
and U.S.
balance sheet restructuring activities. Reported
 
non-interest income of US$999 million,
 
increased US$1,274 million, primarily reflecting
 
the impact of U.S. balance
sheet restructuring activities in the prior
 
year, partially offset by the receivable adjustment in the U.S. strategic
 
cards portfolio.
 
On an adjusted basis, non-interest
income of US$1,143 million, increased
 
US$3 million, compared with the same period
 
last year.
Average loan volumes for the period decreased
 
US$15 billion, or 8%, compared with the
 
same period last year, reflecting a 11% decrease in business loans and
a 6% decrease in personal loans. Excluding
 
the impact of the loan portfolios identified
 
for sale or run-off under our U.S. balance sheet
 
restructuring program,
average loan volumes for the period increased
 
US$4 billion, or 2%, compared with the
 
same period last year
. Average deposit volumes decreased
US$15 billion, or 5%, reflecting a 13% decrease
 
in sweep deposits, a 2% decrease in personal
 
deposits, and a 1% decrease in business
 
deposits, compared with
the same period last year.
PCL was US$462 million, a decrease of
 
US$167 million compared with the same period
 
last year. PCL – impaired was US$527 million, a decrease
 
of
US$60 million, or 10%, largely reflecting
 
lower provisions in both the commercial
 
and consumer lending portfolios. PCL
 
– performing was a recovery of
US$65 million, compared to a build of US$42
 
million in the same period last year. The current year performing
 
recovery reflects an update to the macroeconomic
outlook, migration from performing to impaired
 
in the commercial lending portfolio, and lower
 
volume. U.S. Retail PCL including only
 
the Bank’s share of PCL in the
U.S. strategic cards portfolio, as an annualized
 
percentage of credit volume was 0.54%,
 
a decrease of 14 bps, compared with
 
the same period last year.
Reported non-interest expenses for the period
 
were US$3,585 million, an increase of US$266
 
million, or 8%, compared with the same period
 
last year, reflecting
higher governance and control investments,
 
including costs for U.S. BSA/AML
 
remediation, higher employee-related expenses,
 
and spend supporting business
growth initiatives, partially offset by the expense recovery
 
of the FDIC special assessment charge.
 
On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses
 
for the period were
US$3,617 million, increased US$298 million,
 
or 9%, reflecting higher governance and
 
control investments, including costs for U.S.
 
BSA/AML remediation, higher
employee-related expenses,
 
and spend supporting business growth initiatives.
The reported and adjusted efficiency ratios for
 
the period were 62.9% and 61.9%, respectively, compared
 
with 82.5% and 60.8%, respectively, for the same
period last year.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 21
TABLE 13: WEALTH MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net interest income
$
423
$
406
$
362
$
829
$
731
Non-interest income
3,355
3,500
3,141
6,855
6,370
Total revenue
3,778
3,906
3,503
7,684
7,101
Insurance service expenses
1
1,398
1,622
1,417
3,020
2,924
Non-interest expenses
1,249
1,258
1,131
2,507
2,304
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
294
269
248
563
486
Net income
$
837
$
757
$
707
$
1,594
$
1,387
Selected volumes and ratios
Return on common equity
51.2
%
45.3
%
46.8
%
48.2
%
44.7
%
Return on common equity – Wealth Management
2
65.0
66.3
57.8
65.7
59.9
Return on common equity – Insurance
35.9
22.7
33.5
29.2
27.3
Efficiency ratio
33.1
32.2
32.3
32.6
32.4
Efficiency ratio, net of ISE
3
52.5
55.1
54.2
53.8
55.2
Assets under administration (billions of Canadian
 
dollars)
4
$
797
$
771
$
654
$
797
$
654
Assets under management (billions of Canadian
 
dollars)
643
610
542
643
542
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
16,023
15,872
15,190
15,946
15,183
1
 
Includes estimated losses related to catastrophe claims – Q2 2026: nil. Q1 2026: $7 million, Q2 2025: $50 million,
 
2026 YTD: $7 million, 2025 YTD: $50 million.
2
 
Capital allocated to the business was 11.5% CET1 Capital.
3
 
Efficiency ratio, net of ISE is calculated by dividing non-interest expenses by total revenue, net of ISE.
 
Total revenue, net of ISE
 
– Q2 2026: $2,380 million, Q1 2026: $2,284 million,
Q2 2025: $2,086 million, 2026 YTD: $4,664 million, 2025 YTD: $4,177 million. Total
 
revenue, net of ISE is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to “Non-GAAP and Other Financial
Measures” in the “How We Performed” section and the Glossary of this document for additional information about
 
this metric.
4
Includes
AUA administered by TD Investment Services Inc. which is part of the Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking segment.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Wealth Management and Insurance net income
 
for the quarter was $837 million, an increase
 
of $130 million, or 18%, compared
 
with the second quarter last year,
reflecting Wealth Management net income of
 
$558 million, an increase of $78 million,
 
or 16%, compared with the second quarter
 
last year, and Insurance net
income of $279 million, an increase of $52
 
million, or 23%, compared with the second
 
quarter last year. The annualized ROE for the quarter was 51.2%,
 
compared
with 46.8% in the second quarter last year. Wealth Management
 
annualized ROE for the quarter was 65.0%,
 
compared with 57.8% in the second quarter last
 
year,
and Insurance annualized ROE for the quarter
 
was 35.9% compared with 33.5% in the
 
second quarter last year.
Revenue for the quarter was $3,778 million, an
 
increase of $275 million, or 8%,
 
compared with the second quarter last year. Non-interest income
 
was
$3,355 million, an increase of $214 million, or
 
7%, reflecting higher fee-based revenues
 
from asset growth and higher earned premiums.
 
Net interest income was
$423 million, an increase of $61 million, or 17%,
 
compared with the second quarter last
 
year, reflecting higher deposit volumes.
AUA were $797 billion as at April 30, 2026, an
 
increase of $143 billion, or 22%, and AUM
 
were $643 billion as at April 30, 2026, an increase
 
of $101 billion, or
19%, compared with the second quarter last
 
year, both reflecting market appreciation and net asset
 
growth.
Insurance service expenses for the quarter
 
were $1,398 million, relatively flat compared
 
with the second quarter last year.
Non-interest expenses for the quarter were $1,249
 
million, an increase of $118 million, or 10%, compared with the
 
second quarter last year, reflecting higher
variable compensation commensurate
 
with higher revenue, increased employee-related
 
expenses and technology investments.
The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 33.1%,
 
compared with 32.3% in the second quarter
 
last year. The efficiency ratio, net of ISE for the quarter was 52.5%,
compared with 54.2% in the second quarter
 
last year.
 
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q1 2026
Wealth Management and Insurance net income
 
for the quarter was $837 million, an increase
 
of $80 million, or 11%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting
Wealth Management net income of $558 million,
 
a decrease of $16 million, or 3%, compared
 
with the prior quarter, and Insurance net income of $279 million,
 
an
increase of $96 million, or 52%, compared
 
with the prior quarter. The annualized ROE for the quarter
 
was 51.2%, compared with 45.3% in the prior quarter. Wealth
Management annualized ROE for the quarter
 
was 65.0%, relatively flat to the prior quarter, and Insurance
 
annualized ROE for the quarter was 35.9%,
 
compared
with 22.7% in the prior quarter.
Revenue decreased $128 million, or 3%,
 
compared with the prior quarter. Non-interest income decreased
 
$145 million, or 4%, mainly reflecting
 
the impact of
fewer days in the second quarter. Net interest income increased
 
$17 million, or 4%, reflecting higher deposit
 
volumes.
AUA increased $26 billion, or 3%, and AUM
 
increased $33 billion, or 5%, compared
 
with the prior quarter, both reflecting market appreciation.
Insurance service expenses decreased $224
 
million, or 14%, compared with the prior quarter, mainly driven
 
by lower claims frequency as well as reserve
releases related to prior years.
Non-interest expenses were relatively flat
 
compared with the prior quarter.
The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 33.1%,
 
compared with 32.2% in the prior quarter. The efficiency ratio,
 
net of ISE, for the quarter was 52.5%, compared
with 55.1% in the prior quarter.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Wealth Management and Insurance net income
 
for the six months ended April 30, 2026, was
 
$1,594 million, an increase of $207 million,
 
or 15%, compared with
the same period last year, reflecting Wealth Management net income
 
of $1,132 million, an increase of $140
 
million, or 14%, compared with the same period
 
last
year, and Insurance net income of $462 million, an increase
 
of $67 million, or 17%, compared with
 
the same period last year. The annualized ROE for the period
was 48.2%, compared with 44.7% in the
 
same period last year. Wealth Management annualized ROE
 
for the period was 65.7%, compared
 
with 59.9% in the same
period last year, and Insurance annualized ROE for the period
 
was 29.2%, compared with 27.3% in the
 
same period last year.
Revenue for the period was $7,684 million,
 
an increase of $583 million, or 8%,
 
compared with the same period last year. Non-interest income
 
increased
$485 million, or 8%, reflecting higher fee-based
 
revenue from asset growth, insurance
 
earned premiums, and transaction revenue.
 
Net interest income increased
$98 million, or 13%, primarily reflecting higher
 
deposit volumes.
Insurance service expenses were $3,020
 
million, an increase of $96 million, or 3%,
 
compared with the same period last year, primarily due to
 
business growth
and increased claims severity, partially offset by lower losses from
 
catastrophe claims.
Non-interest expenses were $2,507 million,
 
an increase of $203 million, or 9%,
 
compared with the same period last year, reflecting higher variable
 
compensation
commensurate with higher revenue, increased
 
employee-related expenses and technology
 
investments.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 22
The efficiency ratio for the period was 32.6%, compared
 
with 32.4% for the same period last
 
year. The efficiency ratio, net of ISE, for the period was 53.8%,
compared with 55.2% in the same period last
 
year.
TABLE 14: WHOLESALE BANKING
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
 
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net interest income (loss) (TEB)
$
276
$
(75)
$
45
$
201
$
(62)
Non-interest income
2,117
2,545
2,084
4,662
4,191
Total revenue
2,393
2,470
2,129
4,863
4,129
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
80
216
61
296
94
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
(2)
(44)
62
(46)
101
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
78
172
123
250
195
Non-interest expenses – reported
1,509
1,563
1,461
3,072
2,996
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
1,2
1,509
1,563
1,427
3,072
2,910
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
 
(TEB) – reported
194
174
126
368
220
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
 
(TEB) – adjusted
1
194
174
134
368
239
Net income – reported
$
612
$
561
$
419
$
1,173
$
718
Net income – adjusted
1
612
561
445
1,173
785
Selected volumes and ratios
Trading-related revenue (TEB)
1,3
$
868
$
1,146
$
856
$
2,014
$
1,760
Average gross lending portfolio (billions of Canadian
 
dollars)
4
100.0
93.9
103.1
97.0
102.0
Return on common equity – reported
5
14.5
%
12.6
%
10.2
%
13.5
%
8.8
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
1,5
14.5
12.6
10.9
13.5
9.6
Efficiency ratio – reported
63.1
63.3
68.6
63.2
72.6
Efficiency ratio – adjusted
1
63.1
63.3
67.0
63.2
70.5
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
7,226
7,334
6,970
7,281
6,944
1
 
For additional information about the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section,
 
and the
Glossary of this document.
2
 
Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the acquisition and integration-related charges for the Cowen acquisition
 
– Q2 2025: $34 million ($26 million after tax), 2025 YTD:
 
$86 million
($67 million after tax).
3
 
Includes net interest income (loss) TEB of ($121) million, (Q1 2026: ($455) million, Q2 2025: ($272) million, 2026
 
YTD: ($576) million, 2025 YTD: ($676) million), and trading income (loss)
of $989 million, (Q1 2026: $1,601 million, Q2 2025: $1,128 million, 2026 YTD: $2,590 million, 2025 YTD: $2,436
 
million). Trading-related revenue (TEB) is a non-GAAP financial measure.
4
 
Includes gross loans relating to Wholesale Banking, excluding letters of credit, cash collateral, credit default swaps,
 
and allowance for credit losses.
5
 
Capital allocated to the business segment was 11.5% CET1 Capital.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Wholesale Banking reported and adjusted net
 
income for the quarter was $612 million. Reported
 
net income for the quarter increased $193
 
million, or 46%,
compared with the second quarter last
 
year, primarily reflecting higher revenues and lower PCL,
 
partially offset by higher non-interest expenses.
 
On an adjusted
basis, net income increased $167 million, or 38%,
 
compared with the second quarter last
 
year.
Revenue for the quarter was $2,393 million, an
 
increase of $264 million, or 12%,
 
compared with the second quarter last year. Higher revenue
 
primarily reflects
higher lending and financing revenue, advisory
 
fees and equity commissions.
PCL for the quarter was $78 million, a decrease
 
of $45 million compared with the second
 
quarter last year. PCL – impaired was $80 million, an increase
 
of
$19 million compared with the prior year, reflecting a small number
 
of impairments across various industries.
 
PCL – performing was a recovery of $2
 
million,
compared to a build of $62 million in the prior
 
year. The performing recovery this quarter reflects migration
 
of reserves from performing to impaired,
 
partially offset
by an update to the macroeconomic outlook.
Reported and adjusted non-interest expenses
 
for the quarter were $1,509 million. Reported
 
non-interest expenses increased $48
 
million, or 3%, compared with
the second quarter last year, primarily reflecting higher variable
 
compensation and operating costs, including
 
front office and technology, partially offset by the
cessation of acquisition and integration-related
 
costs. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses
 
increased $82 million, or 6%.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q1 2026
Wholesale Banking reported and adjusted net
 
income for the quarter was $612 million. Reported
 
and adjusted net income increased $51
 
million, or 9%, compared
with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting lower PCL and non-interest
 
expenses, partially offset by lower revenues.
Revenue for the quarter decreased $77 million,
 
or 3%, compared with the prior quarter. Lower revenue
 
primarily reflects lower trading-related
 
revenue, partially
offset by higher underwriting fees, lending and
 
financing revenue and the net change in
 
fair value of loan underwriting commitments.
PCL for the quarter was $78 million, a decrease
 
of $94 million compared with the prior quarter. PCL – impaired
 
was $80 million, a decrease of $136 million, due
to higher impairments in the prior period.
 
PCL – performing was a recovery of $2
 
million, compared with a recovery of $44
 
million in the prior quarter. The
performing recovery this quarter reflects
 
migration of reserves from performing to impaired,
 
partially offset by an update to the macroeconomic
 
outlook.
Reported and adjusted non-interest expenses
 
for the quarter decreased $54 million, or 3%,
 
compared with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting lower
 
operating
costs, including front office and technology and
 
variable compensation.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Wholesale Banking reported and adjusted net
 
income for the six months ended April 30, 2026
 
was $1,173 million. Reported net income
 
for the quarter increased
$455 million, or 63%, compared with the same
 
period last year, reflecting higher revenues, partially offset by
 
higher non-interest expenses and PCL.
 
On an
adjusted basis, net income increased $388 million,
 
or 49%.
Revenue was $4,863 million, an increase of
 
$734 million, or 18%, compared with the
 
same period last year. Higher revenue primarily reflects higher
 
lending and
financing revenue, trading-related revenue,
 
and advisory fees.
PCL was $250 million, an increase of $55
 
million compared with the same period last
 
year. PCL – impaired was $296 million, an increase of
 
$202 million,
reflecting a small number of impairments
 
across various industries. PCL – performing
 
was a recovery of $46 million, compared to
 
a build of $101 million in the
same period last year. The current year performing recovery
 
was driven by migration from performing to impaired,
 
partially offset by an update to the
macroeconomic outlook.
Reported and adjusted non-interest expenses
 
were $3,072 million. Reported non-interest
 
expenses increased $76 million, or 3%,
 
compared with the same
period last year, primarily reflecting higher operating costs,
 
including front office and technology, variable compensation, and spend
 
supporting business growth,
partially offset by the cessation of acquisition and integration-related
 
costs. On an adjusted basis, non-interest
 
expenses increased $162 million, or 6%.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 23
TABLE 15: CORPORATE
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net income (loss) – reported
$
64
$
(359)
$
8,215
$
(295)
$
7,856
Adjustments for items of note
Amortization of acquired intangibles
33
34
43
67
104
Restructuring charges
200
163
200
163
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related
 
capital hedging strategy
43
44
47
87
101
Gain on sale of Schwab shares
(8,975)
(8,975)
Less: impact of income taxes
Gain on sale of Schwab shares
1
288
(407)
288
(407)
Other items of note
18
72
61
90
83
Net income (loss) – adjusted
2
$
(166)
$
(153)
$
(161)
$
(319)
$
(427)
Decomposition of items included in net
 
income (loss) – adjusted
Net corporate expenses
3
$
(543)
$
(515)
$
(431)
$
(1,058)
$
(801)
Other
377
362
270
739
374
Net income (loss) – adjusted
2
$
(166)
$
(153)
$
(161)
$
(319)
$
(427)
Selected volumes
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
4
18,111
18,098
18,356
18,104
18,073
1
 
The current quarter income tax impact includes an adjustment to the Bank's estimate of taxes owed on the gain from its disposition
 
of Schwab shares in the prior year. Refer to "Income
Taxes" in the "Financial Results Overview"
 
section of this document for further details.
2
 
For additional information about the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section and the
Glossary of this document.
3
 
For additional information about this metric, refer to the Glossary of this document.
4
 
Effective the third quarter of 2025, call center operations have been realigned from the Corporate segment
 
to the businesses, providing end-to-end ownership of customer experience.
The change mainly impacts the Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking segment. Average number
 
of full-time equivalent staff has been restated for comparative periods.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Corporate segment’s reported net income for the quarter
 
was $64 million, compared with $8,215
 
million in the second quarter last year. The lower net income
primarily reflects the gain on sale of Schwab
 
shares in the prior year. Net corporate expenses increased
 
$112 million compared with the second quarter last year,
primarily reflecting continued investments
 
in governance and controls. The adjusted
 
net loss for the quarter was $166 million,
 
compared with $161 million in the
prior year.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q1 2026
Corporate segment’s reported net income for the quarter
 
was $64 million, compared with a reported
 
net loss of $359 million in the prior quarter. The quarter-over-
quarter change primarily reflects the
 
current quarter impact of a tax benefit related
 
to the prior year's gain on sale of Schwab
 
shares and restructuring charges in
the prior quarter. The adjusted net loss for the quarter
 
was $166 million, compared with $153
 
million in the prior quarter.
Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Corporate segment’s reported net loss for the six
 
months ended April 30, 2026 was $295 million,
 
compared with a reported net income of $7,856
 
million in the
same period last year. The year-over-year change primarily reflects
 
the gain on sale of Schwab shares in the
 
prior year. Net corporate expenses increased
$257 million compared to the same period
 
last year, primarily reflecting continued investments in governance
 
and controls. The adjusted net loss for the
 
six
months ended April 30, 2026 was $319 million,
 
compared with $427 million in the same
 
period last year.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 24
QUARTERLY
 
RESULTS
 
The following table provides summary information
 
related to the Bank’s eight most recently
 
completed quarters.
 
TABLE 16: QUARTERLY RESULTS
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
For the three months ended
 
2026
2026
2025
2024
Apr. 30
Jan. 31
Oct. 31
Jul. 31
Apr. 30
Jan. 31
Oct. 31
Jul. 31
Net interest income
$
8,861
$
8,789
$
8,545
$
8,526
$
8,125
$
7,866
$
7,940
$
7,579
Non-interest income
6,936
7,796
6,949
6,771
14,812
6,183
7,574
6,597
Total revenue
15,797
16,585
15,494
15,297
22,937
14,049
15,514
14,176
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
1,001
1,039
982
971
1,341
1,212
1,109
1,072
Insurance service expenses
1,398
1,622
1,602
1,563
1,417
1,507
2,364
1,669
Non-interest expenses
8,372
8,753
8,808
8,522
8,139
8,070
8,050
11,012
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
775
1,128
822
905
985
698
534
794
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
74
231
178
190
Net income (loss) – reported
4,251
4,043
3,280
3,336
11,129
2,793
3,635
(181)
Pre-tax adjustments for items of note
1
Amortization of acquired intangibles
33
34
34
33
43
61
60
64
Acquisition and integration charges related to the
Schwab transaction
2,3
35
21
Restructuring charges
200
190
333
163
110
Acquisition and integration-related charges
44
32
34
52
82
78
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related
capital hedging strategy
43
44
49
55
47
54
59
62
Gain on sale of Schwab shares
(8,975)
(1,022)
Balance sheet restructuring
485
262
1,129
927
311
Indirect tax matters
2,4
226
FDIC special assessment
 
(44)
(72)
Change in partnership share in the U.S. strategic
 
cards portfolio
197
Global resolution of the investigations into the
Bank’s U.S. BSA/AML program
2
52
3,566
Total pre-tax adjustments
 
for items of note
1
273
234
802
715
(7,559)
1,094
(269)
3,901
Less: Impact of income taxes
356
61
177
180
(56)
264
161
74
Net income – adjusted
1
4,168
4,216
3,905
3,871
3,626
3,623
3,205
3,646
Preferred dividends and distributions on other
equity instruments
202
101
191
88
200
86
193
69
Net income available to common
shareholders – adjusted
1
$
3,966
$
4,115
$
3,714
$
3,783
$
3,426
$
3,537
$
3,012
$
3,577
 
(Canadian dollars, except as noted)
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share
 
Reported
 
$
2.44
$
2.35
$
1.82
$
1.89
$
6.28
$
1.55
$
1.97
$
(0.14)
Adjusted
1
2.39
2.45
2.19
2.20
1.97
2.02
1.72
2.05
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
Reported
 
2.43
2.34
1.82
1.89
6.27
1.55
1.97
(0.14)
Adjusted
1
2.38
2.44
2.18
2.20
1.97
2.02
1.72
2.05
Return on common equity – reported
14.7
%
13.6
%
10.7
%
11.3
%
39.1
%
10.1
%
13.4
%
(1.0)
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
1
14.4
14.2
12.8
13.2
12.3
13.2
11.7
14.1
(billions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
 
Average total assets
$
2,098
$
2,121
$
2,102
$
2,112
$
2,156
$
2,063
$
2,035
$
1,968
Average interest-earning assets
5
1,865
1,882
1,863
1,855
1,894
1,883
1,835
1,778
Net interest margin – reported
1.95
%
1.85
%
1.82
%
1.82
%
1.76
%
1.66
%
1.72
%
1.70
%
Net interest margin – adjusted
1
1.96
1.86
1.83
1.83
1.78
1.67
1.74
1.71
1
 
For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported
 
Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this
document.
2
 
Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the following items of note:
i.
 
The Bank’s own acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction, reported in the
 
Corporate segment;
ii.
 
Indirect tax matters, reported in the Corporate segment; and
iii.
 
Charges for the global resolution of the investigations into the Bank’s U.S. BSA/AML program, reported
 
in the U.S. Banking segment.
3
 
Adjusted share of net income from investment in Schwab excludes the following item of note on an after-tax basis.
 
The earnings impact of this item was reported in the Corporate
segment:
i.
 
The Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition
 
of TD Ameritrade.
4
 
Adjusted net interest income excludes the following item of note:
i.
 
Indirect tax matters, reported in the Corporate segment.
5
 
Average interest-earning assets used in the calculation of net interest margin is a non-GAAP financial
 
measure. Refer to “Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We
Performed” section and the Glossary of this document for additional information about these metrics.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 25
BALANCE SHEET REVIEW
 
 
TABLE 17: SELECTED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET ITEMS
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Assets
Cash and Interest-bearing deposits
 
with banks
$
115,982
$
116,929
Trading loans, securities, and other
231,680
220,136
Non-trading financial assets at fair value through
 
profit or loss
8,095
7,395
Derivatives
74,835
82,972
Financial assets designated at fair value through
 
profit or loss
7,299
6,986
Financial assets at fair value through other
 
comprehensive income
128,612
126,369
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance
 
for credit losses
238,677
240,439
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase
 
agreements
220,120
247,078
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
964,289
953,012
Other
95,516
93,242
Total assets
$
2,085,105
$
2,094,558
Liabilities
Trading deposits
$
39,308
$
37,882
Derivatives
74,532
79,356
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
through profit or loss
222,503
197,635
Deposits
1,243,431
1,267,104
Obligations related to securities sold
 
under repurchase agreements
218,392
221,150
Subordinated notes and debentures
10,345
10,733
Other
152,276
152,871
Total liabilities
1,960,787
1,966,731
Total equity
124,318
127,827
Total liabilities and equity
$
2,085,105
$
2,094,558
Total assets
 
were $2,085 billion as at April 30, 2026, a decrease
 
of $10 billion from October 31, 2025.
 
The impact of foreign exchange translation
 
from the
appreciation in the Canadian dollar decreased
 
total assets by $29 billion.
The decrease in total assets reflects a decrease
 
in securities purchased under reverse
 
repurchase agreements of $27 billion, derivatives
 
of $8 billion, debt
securities at amortized cost of $2 billion,
 
cash and interest-bearing deposits
 
with banks of $1 billion. The decrease
 
was partially offset by an increase in trading
loans, securities, and other of $12 billion, loans
 
net of allowances for loan losses of $11 billion, financial assets
 
at fair value through other comprehensive
 
income
(FVOCI) of $2 billion, other assets of $2 billion,
 
and non-trading financial assets at fair
 
value through profit or loss (FVTPL) of
 
$1 billion.
Cash and interest-bearing deposits with
 
banks
decreased $1 billion primarily reflecting
 
the impact of foreign exchange translation,
 
partially offset by cash
management activities.
Trading loans, securities, and other
increased $12 billion primarily in equity securities
 
and government and government-related
 
debt securities, partially offset
by the impact of foreign currency translation.
Non-trading financial assets at fair
 
value through profit or loss
 
increased $1 billion primarily reflecting
 
new investments.
Derivative
assets decreased $8 billion primarily reflecting
 
a decrease in the mark-to-market values
 
of foreign exchange contracts, partially
 
offset by increases in
equity contracts and commodity contracts.
Financial assets at fair value through other
 
comprehensive income
 
increased $2 billion reflecting new investments,
 
partially offset by maturities and sales and
the impact of foreign exchange translation.
Debt securities at amortized cost, net
 
of allowance for credit losses
 
decreased $2 billion primarily reflecting
 
maturities and the impact of foreign exchange
translation, partially offset by new investments.
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase
 
agreements
decreased $27 billion
primarily
reflecting a decrease in volume and the impact
 
of foreign
exchange translation.
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
increased $11 billion primarily reflecting volume growth in
 
consumer instalment and business and government
 
loans,
partially offset by a decrease in residential
 
mortgages and the impact of foreign exchange
 
translation.
Other assets
increased
 
$2 billion primarily reflecting an increase
 
in amounts receivable from brokers, dealers,
 
and clients due to higher volumes of pending
trades.
Total liabilities
 
were $1,961 billion as at April 30, 2026,
 
a decrease of $6 billion from October 31,
 
2025. The impact of foreign exchange translation
 
from the
appreciation in the Canadian dollar decreased
 
total liabilities by $31 billion.
The decrease in total liabilities reflects a decrease
 
in deposits of $24 billion, derivatives of $5
 
billion, obligations related to securities
 
sold under repurchase
agreements of $3 billion, and other liabilities of
 
$1 billion. The decrease was partially
 
offset by an increase in financial liabilities designated
 
at FVTPL of $25 billion
and trading deposits of $2 billion.
Trading deposits
increased $2 billion primarily reflecting
 
new issuances,
 
partially offset by maturities.
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 26
Derivative
liabilities
decreased $5 billion primarily reflecting
 
a decrease in mark-to-market values of
 
foreign exchange contracts, partially offset by
 
equity contracts.
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
through profit or loss
 
increased $25 billion primarily reflecting
 
new issuances, partially offset by maturities and
 
the
impact of foreign exchange translation.
Deposits
decreased $24 billion primarily reflecting
 
the impact of foreign exchange translation
 
and lower volumes in business and government
 
deposits and bank
deposits. The decrease is partially offset by higher
 
volumes in personal deposits.
Obligations related to securities sold
 
under repurchase agreements
decreased $3 billion primarily reflecting
 
the impact of foreign exchange translation.
Other liabilities
decreased $1 billion primarily reflecting
 
a decrease in obligations related to securities
 
sold short and accrued salaries and employee
 
benefits. The
decrease was partially offset by an increase in amounts
 
payable to brokers, dealers, and
 
clients, and securitization liabilities.
Equity
was $124 billion as at April 30, 2026, a decrease
 
of $4 billion from October 31, 2025.
 
The decrease reflects losses in accumulated
 
other comprehensive
income, primarily driven by unrealized
 
foreign currency translation and cash flow hedges.
 
The retained earnings is flat as the net income
 
for the period is offset by
the premium on the repurchase of common
 
shares and dividend distributions.
CREDIT PORTFOLIO QUALITY
 
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q2 2025
Gross impaired loans were $5,281 million
 
as at April 30, 2026, an increase of $415
 
million, or 9%, compared with the second
 
quarter last year. Canadian Personal
and Commercial Banking gross impaired
 
loans increased $337 million, or 19%,
 
compared with the second quarter last
 
year, reflecting higher impairments in both
the consumer and commercial lending portfolios.
 
U.S. Banking gross impaired loans increased
 
$252 million, or 9%, compared with the second
 
quarter last year,
reflecting higher impairments in the consumer
 
and commercial lending portfolios, and the impact
 
of foreign exchange. Wholesale gross impaired
 
loans decreased
$172 million, or 53%, compared with the second
 
quarter last year, reflecting resolutions outpacing formations.
 
Net impaired loans were $3,751 million as
 
at
April 30, 2026, an increase of $513 million, or
 
16%, compared with the second quarter
 
last year.
The allowance for credit losses of $9,454
 
million as at April 30, 2026 was comprised
 
of Stage 3 allowance for impaired loans of $1,535
 
million, Stage 2
allowance of $4,706 million and Stage 1 allowance
 
of $3,208 million, and the allowance for debt
 
securities of $5 million. The Stage 1 and 2 allowances
 
are for
performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments.
The Stage 3 allowance for loan losses decreased
 
$97 million, or 6%, reflecting a decrease in
 
the Wholesale and Canadian commercial
 
lending portfolios,
partially offset by an increase in the U.S. Banking
 
and Canadian consumer lending portfolios.
 
The Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowance for loan
 
losses decreased
$38 million, or 1%, reflecting the impact of
 
foreign exchange, partially offset by credit
 
migration. The allowance change included a decrease
 
of $96 million
attributable to the retailer program partners’
 
share of the U.S. strategic cards portfolio.
 
Forward-looking information, including
 
macroeconomic variables deemed to be
 
predictive of expected credit losses (ECLs)
 
based on the Bank’s experience, is
used to determine ECL scenarios and associated
 
probability weights to determine the probability-weighted
 
ECLs. Each quarter, all base forecast macroeconomic
variables are refreshed, resulting in new upside
 
and downside macroeconomic scenarios.
 
The probability weightings assigned
 
to each ECL scenario are also
reviewed each quarter and updated as required,
 
as part of the Bank’s ECL governance process.
 
As a result of periodic reviews and quarterly updates,
 
the
allowance for credit losses may be revised
 
to reflect updates in loss estimates based on
 
the Bank’s recent loss experience and its forward-looking
 
views. The Bank
periodically reviews the methodology and
 
has performed certain additional quantitative
 
and qualitative portfolio and loan level assessments
 
of significant increase
in credit risk. Refer to Note 3 and Note 6
 
of the Bank’s second quarter 2026 Interim
 
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details
 
on forward-looking
information.
The probability-weighted allowance for
 
credit losses reflects the Bank’s forward-looking
 
views.
To
the extent that certain anticipated effects cannot
 
be fully
incorporated into quantitative models, management
 
continues to exercise expert credit judgment
 
in determining the amount of ECLs, including
 
for risks related to
elevated uncertainty associated with policy and
 
trade, and such adjustments will be updated
 
as appropriate in future quarters as additional
 
information becomes
available. Refer to Note 6 of the Bank’s second quarter
 
2026 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for additional details.
The Bank calculates allowances for ECLs
 
on debt securities measured at amortized
 
cost and FVOCI. The Bank has $364 billion
 
in such debt securities,
 
all of
which are performing (Stage 1 and 2) and none
 
are impaired (Stage 3). The allowance
 
for credit losses was $2 million for debt
 
securities at amortized cost (DSAC)
and $3 million for debt securities at FVOCI,
 
for a total of $5 million, flat, compared
 
with the second quarter last year.
Quarterly comparison – Q2 2026 vs. Q1 2026
Gross impaired loans decreased $313
 
million, or 6%, compared with the prior quarter, largely reflected
 
in the Wholesale Banking and U.S
 
consumer portfolios,
partially offset by an increase in Canadian Personal
 
and Commercial Banking. Impaired loans
 
net of allowance decreased $149 million, or
 
4%, compared with the
prior quarter.
The allowance for credit losses of $9,454
 
million as at April 30, 2026 was comprised
 
of Stage 3 allowance for impaired loans of $1,535
 
million, Stage 2
allowance of $4,706 million and Stage 1 allowance
 
of $3,208 million, and the allowance for debt
 
securities of $5 million. The Stage 1 and 2 allowances
 
are for
performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments.
 
The Stage 3 allowance for loan losses decreased
 
$165 million, or 10%, compared
 
with the prior quarter,
reflecting a lower pace of impaired provisions
 
relative to resolutions in the Wholesale
 
Banking portfolio, partially offset by higher impairments
 
in the Canadian
Personal and Commercial Banking portfolio.
 
The Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowance
 
for loan losses increased $17 million, relatively
 
flat compared with the prior
quarter, reflective of an update to the macroeconomic outlook,
 
with the increase in reserves largely recorded
 
in the Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking
segment.
The allowance for debt securities increased
 
by $1 million, compared to the prior quarter.
For further details on loans, impaired loans,
 
allowance for credit losses,
 
and on the Bank’s use of forward-looking information
 
and macroeconomic variables in
determining its allowance for credit losses,
 
refer to Note 6 of the Bank’s second quarter 2026
 
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 27
TABLE 18: CHANGES IN GROSS IMPAIRED LOANS
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January 31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
Personal, Business, and Government
 
Loans
Impaired loans as at beginning of period
$
5,594
$
5,420
$
5,453
$
5,420
$
4,949
Classified as impaired during the period
2,122
2,579
2,031
4,701
4,463
Transferred to performing during the period
(376)
(297)
(451)
(673)
(778)
Net repayments
(582)
(569)
(688)
(1,151)
(1,220)
Disposals of loans
(125)
(240)
(365)
(47)
Amounts written off
(1,340)
(1,210)
(1,315)
(2,550)
(2,459)
Exchange and other movements
(12)
(89)
(164)
(101)
(42)
Impaired loans as at end of period
$
5,281
$
5,594
$
4,866
$
5,281
$
4,866
1
 
Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.
TABLE 19: ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
April 30
January 31
April 30
2026
2026
2025
Allowance for loan losses for on-balance
 
sheet loans
Stage 1 allowance for loan losses
$
2,736
$
2,723
$
2,645
Stage 2 allowance for loan losses
4,153
4,150
4,340
Stage 3 allowance for loan losses
1,530
1,694
1,628
Total allowance for loan losses for on-balance sheet loans
1
8,419
8,567
8,613
Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
Stage 1 allowance for loan losses
472
469
415
Stage 2 allowance for loan losses
553
555
552
Stage 3 allowance for loan losses
5
6
4
Total allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
1,030
1,030
971
Allowance for loan losses
9,449
9,597
9,584
Allowance for debt securities
5
4
5
Allowance for credit losses
$
9,454
$
9,601
$
9,589
Impaired loans, net of allowance
2
$
3,751
$
3,900
$
3,238
Net impaired loans as a percentage of net loans
2
0.39
%
0.41
%
0.35
%
Total allowance for credit losses as a percentage of gross loans
0.97
0.99
1.01
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
as a percentage of net average loans
0.43
0.43
0.58
1
 
Includes allowance for loan losses related to loans that are measured at FVOCI of nil as at April 30, 2026
 
(January 31, 2026 – $1 million, April 30,
 
2025 – nil).
 
2
 
Credit cards are considered impaired when they are 90 days past due and written off at 180 days past
 
due.
Real Estate Secured Lending
Retail real estate secured lending includes
 
mortgages and lines of credit to North American
 
consumers to satisfy financing needs including
 
home purchases and
refinancing. While the Bank retains first lien
 
on the majority of properties held as security, there is a small
 
portion of loans with second liens, but
 
most of these are
behind a TD mortgage or home equity line of
 
credit (HELOC) that is in first position. In Canada,
 
credit policies are designed so that the
 
combined exposure of all
uninsured facilities on one property does not
 
exceed 80% of the collateral value at origination.
 
Lending at a higher loan-to-value ratio
 
is permitted by legislation but
requires default insurance. This insurance is
 
contractual coverage for the life of eligible
 
facilities and protects the Bank’s real estate
 
secured lending portfolio
against potential losses caused by borrowers’
 
default. The Bank may also purchase default
 
insurance on lower loan-to-value ratio loans.
 
The insurance is provided
by either government-backed entities or
 
approved private mortgage insurers.
 
In the U.S., for residential mortgage originations,
 
mortgage insurance is usually
obtained from either government-backed
 
entities or approved private mortgage insurers
 
when the loan-to-value exceeds 80% of
 
the collateral value at origination.
The Bank regularly performs stress tests
 
on its real estate lending portfolio as part
 
of its overall stress testing program. This is
 
done with a view to determine the
extent to which the portfolio would be vulnerable
 
to a severe downturn in economic conditions.
 
The effect of severe changes in house prices,
 
interest rates, and
unemployment levels are among the factors
 
considered when assessing the impact
 
on credit losses and the Bank’s overall profitability. A variety of portfolio
segments, including dwelling type and geographical
 
regions, are examined during the exercise
 
to determine whether specific vulnerabilities exist.
TABLE 20: CANADIAN REAL ESTATE SECURED LENDING
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
Amortizing
Non-amortizing
Total
Residential
Home equity
Total amortizing real
Home equity
mortgages
lines of credit
estate secured lending
lines of credit
April 30, 2026
Total
$
254,028
$
124,857
$
378,885
$
39,374
$
418,259
October 31, 2025
Total
$
267,469
$
110,829
$
378,298
$
37,098
$
415,396
1
 
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans
 
designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 28
TABLE 21: REAL ESTATE
 
SECURED LENDING
1,2
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
As at
 
Residential mortgages
 
Home equity lines of credit
 
Total
 
Insured
3
Uninsured
 
Insured
3
Uninsured
 
Insured
3
Uninsured
 
April 30, 2026
 
Canada
 
Atlantic provinces
$
2,252
0.9
%
$
4,947
1.9
%
$
132
0.1
%
$
3,197
1.9
%
$
2,384
0.6
%
$
8,144
1.9
%
British Columbia
4
7,385
2.9
44,406
17.5
673
0.4
32,152
19.6
8,058
1.9
76,558
18.3
Ontario
4
20,631
8.1
118,698
46.8
2,275
1.4
89,360
54.4
22,906
5.5
208,058
49.7
Prairies
4
15,286
6.0
22,074
8.7
1,248
0.8
17,930
10.9
16,534
4.0
40,004
9.6
Québec
5,409
2.1
12,940
5.1
408
0.2
16,856
10.3
5,817
1.4
29,796
7.1
Total Canada
50,963
20.0
%
203,065
80.0
%
4,736
2.9
%
159,495
97.1
%
55,699
13.4
%
362,560
86.6
%
United States
1,483
44,483
12,415
1,483
56,898
Total
$
52,446
$
247,548
$
4,736
$
171,910
$
57,182
$
419,458
October 31, 2025
 
Canada
 
Atlantic provinces
$
2,377
0.9
%
$
5,038
1.9
%
$
139
0.1
%
$
2,833
1.9
%
$
2,516
0.6
%
$
7,871
1.9
%
British Columbia
4
7,849
2.9
47,101
17.6
708
0.5
28,551
19.3
8,557
2.1
75,652
18.2
Ontario
4
21,505
8.1
124,702
46.6
2,412
1.6
80,826
54.7
23,917
5.7
205,528
49.5
Prairies
4
16,350
6.1
22,746
8.5
1,320
0.9
15,738
10.6
17,670
4.3
38,484
9.3
Québec
5,933
2.2
13,868
5.2
433
0.3
14,967
10.1
6,366
1.5
28,835
6.9
Total Canada
54,014
20.2
%
213,455
79.8
%
5,012
3.4
%
142,915
96.6
%
59,026
14.2
%
356,370
85.8
%
United States
1,544
46,050
12,481
1,544
58,531
Total
$
55,558
$
259,505
$
5,012
$
155,396
$
60,570
$
414,901
1
 
Geographic location is based on the address of the property mortgaged.
 
2
 
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans
 
designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
3
 
Default insurance is contractual coverage for the life of eligible facilities whereby the Bank’s exposure
 
to real estate secured lending, all or in part, is protected against potential losses
caused by borrower default. It is provided by either government-backed entities or other approved private mortgage
 
insurers.
4
 
The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut
 
is included in Ontario; and the Northwest Territories
 
is included in the Prairies region.
The following table provides a summary
 
of the period over which the Bank’s residential
 
mortgages would be fully repaid based on
 
the amount of the most recent
payment received. All figures are calculated
 
based on current customer payment amounts,
 
including voluntary payments larger than
 
the original contractual
amounts and/or other voluntary prepayments.
 
The most recent customer payment amount
 
may exceed the original contractual amount
 
due.
Balances with a remaining amortization longer
 
than 30 years primarily reflect Canadian
 
variable rate mortgages where prior interest
 
rate increases relative to
current customer payment levels have resulted
 
in a longer current amortization period.
 
At renewal, the amortization period for
 
Canadian mortgages reverts to the
remaining contractual amortization, which
 
may require increased payments.
 
TABLE 22: RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES BY REMAINING
 
AMORTIZATION
1,2
As at
 
<=5
 
>5 – 10
 
>10 – 15
 
>15 – 20
 
>20 – 25
 
>25 – 30
 
>30 – 35
 
>35
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
Total
 
April 30, 2026
Canada
 
0.8
%
3.0
%
8.7
%
20.1
%
32.0
%
30.3
%
1.2
%
3.9
%
100.0
%
United States
2.5
1.7
3.6
9.3
29.4
51.9
1.0
0.6
100.0
Total
1.1
%
2.8
%
7.9
%
18.4
%
31.6
%
33.7
%
1.1
%
3.4
%
100.0
%
October 31, 2025
Canada
 
0.8
%
2.9
%
8.3
%
20.0
%
31.9
%
30.2
%
1.2
%
4.7
%
100.0
%
United States
2.6
1.6
3.5
9.0
24.1
57.8
0.8
0.6
100.0
Total
1.1
%
2.7
%
7.5
%
18.3
%
30.8
%
34.5
%
1.1
%
4.0
%
100.0
%
1
 
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans
 
designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
2
 
Percentage based on outstanding balance.
TABLE 23: UNINSURED AVERAGE LOAN-TO-VALUE – Newly Originated and Newly Acquired
1,2,3
For the three months ended
 
Residential
 
Home equity
 
Residential
 
Home equity
 
mortgages
 
lines of credit
4,5
Total
 
mortgages
 
lines of credit
4,5
Total
 
April 30, 2026
 
October 31, 2025
 
Canada
 
Atlantic provinces
68
%
69
%
69
%
70
%
69
%
69
%
British Columbia
6
67
66
66
66
66
66
Ontario
6
69
68
68
68
67
67
Prairies
6
73
72
72
72
72
72
Québec
69
71
70
69
71
71
Total Canada
69
68
68
68
68
68
United States
68
57
63
68
58
64
Total
69
%
68
%
68
%
68
%
68
%
68
%
1
 
Geographic location is based on the address of the property mortgaged.
2
 
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans
 
designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
3
 
Based on house price at origination.
4
 
HELOC loan-to-value includes first position collateral mortgage if applicable.
5
 
HELOC fixed rate advantage option is included in loan-to-value calculation.
6
 
The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut
 
is included in Ontario; and the Northwest Territories
 
is included in the Prairies region.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 29
Sovereign Risk
The table below provides a summary of
 
the Bank’s direct credit exposures
 
outside of Canada and the U.S. (Europe excludes
 
United Kingdom).
 
 
TABLE 24: Total Net Exposure by Region and Counterparty
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
Loans and commitments
1
Derivatives, repos, and securities lending
2
Trading and investment portfolio
3
Total
 
Corporate
 
Sovereign
 
Financial
 
Total
 
Corporate
 
Sovereign
 
Financial
 
Total
 
Corporate
 
Sovereign
 
Financial
 
Total
 
Exposure
4
April 30, 2026
Region
Europe
$
9,084
$
8
$
4,903
$
13,995
$
5,236
$
1,767
$
9,864
$
16,867
$
1,140
$
25,200
$
2,388
$
28,728
$
59,590
United Kingdom
6,873
4,132
2,601
13,606
2,607
1,997
10,667
15,271
384
891
748
2,023
30,900
Asia
168
20
2,587
2,775
228
1,122
4,030
5,380
67
8,119
1,538
9,724
17,879
Other
5
342
27
676
1,045
1,130
351
1,987
3,468
88
180
2,033
2,301
6,814
Total
$
16,467
$
4,187
$
10,767
$
31,421
$
9,201
$
5,237
$
26,548
$
40,986
$
1,679
$
34,390
$
6,707
$
42,776
$
115,183
October 31, 2025
Region
Europe
$
8,895
$
8
$
5,019
$
13,922
$
5,331
$
1,359
$
9,647
$
16,337
$
1,116
$
25,876
$
1,982
$
28,974
$
59,233
United Kingdom
6,731
2,577
2,483
11,791
3,199
1,537
12,237
16,973
270
176
661
1,107
29,871
Asia
182
23
2,527
2,732
241
538
3,795
4,574
138
8,346
1,829
10,313
17,619
Other
5
227
690
917
705
410
2,353
3,468
110
216
1,967
2,293
6,678
Total
$
16,035
$
2,608
$
10,719
$
29,362
$
9,476
$
3,844
$
28,032
$
41,352
$
1,634
$
34,614
$
6,439
$
42,687
$
113,401
1
 
Exposures, including interest-bearing deposits with banks, are presented net of impairment charges where applicable.
2
 
Exposures are calculated on a fair value basis and presented net of collateral. Derivatives are presented as net
 
exposures where there is an International Swaps and Derivatives
Association master netting agreement.
3
 
Trading exposures are net of eligible short positions.
 
4
 
In addition to the exposures identified above, the Bank also has $28.2 billion (October 31, 2025 – $30.3 billion)
 
of exposure to supranational entities.
5
 
Other regional exposure largely attributable to Australia.
CAPITAL POSITION
REGULATORY CAPITAL
Capital requirements established by the Basel
 
Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS)
 
are commonly referred to as Basel
 
III. Under Basel III, Total Capital
consists of three components, namely CET1,
 
Additional Tier 1, and Tier 2 Capital. Risk sensitive regulatory
 
capital ratios are calculated by dividing
 
CET1, Tier 1,
and Total Capital by risk-weighted assets (RWA), inclusive of any minimum requirements
 
outlined under the regulatory floor. Basel III also introduced
 
a non-risk
sensitive leverage ratio to act as a supplementary
 
measure to the risk-sensitive capital requirements.
 
The leverage ratio is calculated by dividing
 
Tier 1 Capital by
leverage exposure which is primarily comprised
 
of on-balance sheet assets with adjustments
 
made to derivative and securities financing
 
transaction exposures,
and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet
 
exposures. TD manages its regulatory capital
 
in accordance with OSFI’s implementation of
 
the Basel III Capital
Framework.
OSFI’s Capital Requirements under Basel III
OSFI’s CAR and LR guidelines detail how the
 
Basel III capital rules apply to Canadian banks.
 
The Domestic Stability Buffer (DSB) level increased
 
from 3% to 3.5% as of November 1,
 
2023, and has remained stable since. Currently, the DSB can range
 
from
0% to 4%, with the effective level adjusted by OSFI
 
in response to developments in
 
Canada’s financial system and the broader economy.
 
OSFI has implemented the Basel III reforms
 
with adjustments to make them suitable
 
for domestic implementation. The Basel III reforms
 
impact the calculation of
credit risk, market risk and operational risk
 
for Canadian banks, as well as amend
 
the LR Guideline to include a requirement for
 
domestic systemically important
banks (D-SIBs) to hold a leverage ratio
 
buffer of 0.50% in addition to the regulatory minimum
 
requirement of 3.0%. The LR buffer requirement
 
also applies to the
TLAC leverage ratio.
 
On November 1, 2023, the standardized
 
capital floor transitioned to 67.5% of RWA from the previous 65%
 
of RWA. OSFI has stated that the floor will remain at
67.5% until further notice.
 
The Bank has implemented OSFI’s Parental Stand-Alone
 
(Solo) Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) Framework for D-SIBs, which
 
establishes a risk-based
measure intended to ensure that a non-viable
 
D-SIB has sufficient loss absorbing capacity on a
 
stand-alone, legal entity basis to support its
 
resolution. The Bank is
compliant with the requirements set out in this
 
framework.
 
The table below summarizes OSFI’s published
 
regulatory minimum capital targets
 
as at April 30, 2026.
REGULATORY
 
CAPITAL AND TLAC
 
TARGET RATIOS
Capital
 
Pillar 1
Pillar 1 & 2
Conservation
 
D-SIB / G-SIB
Regulatory
Regulatory
Minimum
Buffer
Surcharge
1
Target
2
DSB
Target
CET1
4.5
%
2.5
%
1.0
%
8.0
%
3.5
%
11.5
%
Tier 1
6.0
2.5
1.0
9.5
3.5
13.0
Total Capital
8.0
2.5
1.0
11.5
3.5
15.0
Leverage
3.0
n/a
3
0.5
3.5
n/a
3.5
TLAC
18.0
2.5
1.0
21.5
3.5
25.0
TLAC Leverage
6.75
n/a
0.50
7.25
n/a
7.25
1
 
The higher of the D-SIB and G-SIB surcharge applies to risk-weighted capital ratio. The D-SIB surcharge is currently
 
equivalent to the Bank’s 1% G-SIB additional common equity
requirement for risk-weighted capital ratio. The G-SIB surcharge may increase above 1%, to a maximum
 
of 4%, if the Bank’s G-SIB score increases above certain thresholds. OSFI’s
 
LR
Guideline includes a requirement for D-SIBs to hold a leverage ratio buffer set at 50% of a D-SIB’s
 
higher loss absorbency risk-weighted requirements, effectively 0.50%.
 
This buffer also
applies to the TLAC Leverage ratio.
2
 
The Bank’s countercyclical buffer requirement is 0% as of April 30, 2026.
3
 
Not applicable.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 30
The following table provides details of the
 
Bank’s regulatory capital position.
 
TABLE 25: CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND RATIOS – Basel III
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
April 30
October 31
April 30
2026
2025
2025
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
Common shares plus related contributed
 
surplus
 
$
24,596
$
25,010
$
25,308
Retained earnings
 
78,295
78,320
78,640
Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
9,802
12,874
11,032
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital before regulatory
 
adjustments
 
112,693
116,204
114,980
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital regulatory adjustments
 
Prudential valuation adjustments
(180)
(165)
(164)
Goodwill (net of related tax liability)
(18,235)
(18,753)
(18,491)
Intangibles (net of related tax liability)
 
(3,541)
(3,316)
(3,058)
Deferred tax assets excluding those arising
 
from temporary differences
 
(192)
(202)
(327)
Cash flow hedge reserve
 
2,104
867
1,174
Shortfall of provisions to expected losses
 
Gains and losses due to changes in own
 
credit risk on fair valued liabilities
 
(158)
(166)
(317)
Defined benefit pension fund net assets (net
 
of related tax liability)
 
(821)
(811)
(736)
Investment in own shares
 
(1)
(9)
(5)
Non-significant investments in the capital of
 
banking, financial, and insurance entities,
 
net of eligible
short positions (amount above 10% threshold)
Significant investments in the common
 
stock of banking, financial, and insurance
 
entities
that are outside the scope of regulatory
 
consolidation, net of eligible short positions
(amount above 10% threshold)
Equity investments in funds subject to
 
the fall-back approach
(27)
(90)
(28)
Crypto-asset deduction
(5)
Other deductions or regulatory adjustments
 
to CET1 as determined by OSFI
23
20
20
Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
(21,033)
(22,625)
(21,932)
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
91,660
93,579
93,048
Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments
Directly issued qualifying Additional Tier 1 instruments
 
plus stock surplus
11,625
11,623
11,111
Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments before
 
regulatory adjustments
11,625
11,623
11,111
Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments regulatory
 
adjustments
Non-significant investments in the capital of
 
banking, financial, and insurance entities,
 
net of eligible
short positions (amount above 10% threshold)
Significant investments in the capital of banking,
 
financial, and insurance entities that are
 
outside
the scope of regulatory consolidation, net of
 
eligible short positions
(700)
(700)
(700)
Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 Capital
(700)
(700)
(700)
Additional Tier 1 Capital
10,925
10,923
10,411
Tier 1 Capital
102,585
104,502
103,459
Tier 2 Capital instruments and provisions
Directly issued qualifying Tier 2 instruments plus related
 
stock surplus
10,345
10,733
10,514
Collective allowances
1,158
1,661
1,553
Tier 2 Capital before regulatory adjustments
11,503
12,394
12,067
Tier 2 regulatory adjustments
Investments in own Tier 2 instruments
(8)
Non-significant investments in the capital of
 
banking, financial, and insurance entities,
 
net of eligible
short positions (amount above 10% threshold)
1
Non-significant investments in the other
 
TLAC-eligible instruments issued by
 
G-SIBs and Canadian
D-SIBs, where the institution does not own
 
more than 10% of the issued common
 
share capital
 
of the entity: amount previously designated
 
for the 5% threshold but that no longer
 
meets the
 
conditions
(48)
(30)
Significant investments in the capital of banking,
 
financial, and insurance entities that are
 
outside
 
the scope of regulatory consolidation, net of
 
eligible short positions
 
Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 Capital
(56)
(30)
Tier 2 Capital
11,447
12,364
12,067
Total Capital
$
114,032
$
116,866
$
115,526
Risk-weighted assets
$
641,358
$
636,424
$
624,636
Capital Ratios and Multiples
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted
 
assets)
14.3
%
14.7
%
14.9
%
Tier 1 Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted assets)
16.0
16.4
16.6
Total Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted assets)
17.8
18.4
18.5
Leverage ratio
2
4.5
4.6
4.7
1
 
Includes other TLAC-eligible instruments issued by G-SIBs and Canadian D-SIBs that are outside the scope of
 
regulatory consolidation, where the institution does not own more than
10% of the issued common share capital of the entity.
2
 
The Leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 Capital divided by leverage exposure,
 
as defined in the “Regulatory Capital” section of this document.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 31
As at April 30, 2026, the Bank’s CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital ratios were 14.3%, 16.0%,
 
and 17.8%, respectively. The decrease in the Bank’s CET1 Capital
 
ratio
from 14.7% as at October 31, 2025 was
 
primarily driven by common shares repurchased
 
for cancellation and growth in RWA, partially offset by earnings net
 
of
dividends, and credit risk model updates.
 
The Bank expects to reach a CET1 ratio of
 
approximately 13% by October 31, 2027
As at April 30, 2026, the Bank’s leverage ratio
 
was 4.5%. Compared with the Bank’s leverage
 
ratio of 4.6% as at October 31, 2025, the
 
decrease was primarily
attributable to common shares repurchased
 
for cancellation, partially offset by earnings net of dividends.
Future Regulatory Capital Developments
Future regulatory capital developments
 
were described in the “Future Regulatory
 
Capital Developments” section of the Bank’s
 
2025 MD&A.
TABLE 26: EQUITY AND OTHER SECURITIES
1
(thousands of shares/units and millions of
 
Canadian dollars, except as noted)
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Number of
Number of
shares/units
Amount
shares/units
Amount
Common shares
Common shares outstanding
1,652,420
$
24,309
1,689,496
$
24,727
Treasury – common shares
(369)
(60)
Total common shares
1,652,051
$
24,249
1,689,496
$
24,727
Stock options
 
 
Vested
5,751
5,160
Non-vested
8,298
9,027
Preferred shares – Class A
 
 
Series 1
20,000
$
500
20,000
$
500
Series 16
14,000
350
14,000
350
Series 18
14,000
350
14,000
350
Series 27
850
850
850
850
Series 28
800
800
800
800
49,650
$
2,850
49,650
$
2,850
Other equity instruments
2,3
 
 
Limited Recourse Capital Notes – Series 1
1,750
1,750
1,750
1,750
Limited Recourse Capital Notes – Series 2
1,500
1,500
1,500
1,500
Limited Recourse Capital Notes – Series 3
4
1,750
2,403
1,750
2,403
Limited Recourse Capital Notes – Series 4
4
750
1,023
750
1,023
Limited Recourse Capital Notes – Series 5
750
750
750
750
Limited Recourse Capital Notes – Series 6
4
750
1,037
750
1,037
Perpetual Subordinated Capital Notes – Series
 
2023-9
5
1
312
1
312
56,901
$
11,625
56,901
$
11,625
Treasury – preferred shares and other equity instruments
(25)
(14)
(29)
(4)
Total preferred shares and other equity instruments
56,876
$
11,611
56,872
$
11,621
1
 
For further details, including the conversion and exchange features, distributions, and significant terms and conditions,
 
refer to Note 19 of the Bank’s 2025 Consolidated Financial
Statements.
2
 
For other equity instruments, the number of shares/units represents the number of notes issued.
3
 
Refer to the “Preferred Shares and Other Equity Instruments – Significant Terms
 
and Conditions” table in Note 19 of the Bank’s 2025 Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for further
details.
4
 
For LRCNs – Series 3, 4, and 6, the amount represents the Canadian dollar equivalent of the U.S. dollar notional
 
amount.
5
 
For Perpetual Subordinated Capital Notes (AT1), the amount
 
represents the Canadian dollar equivalent of the Singapore dollar notional amount.
DIVIDENDS
On May 27, 2026, the Board approved a dividend
 
in an amount of one dollar and twelve
 
cents ($1.12) per fully paid common
 
share in the capital stock of the Bank
for the quarter ending July 31, 2026, payable
 
on and after July 31,
 
2026, to shareholders of record at the
 
close of business on July 10, 2026. The Bank
 
has a semi-
annual dividend review cycle to support the
 
alignment of shareholder return with earnings
 
growth.
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
The Bank offers a Dividend Reinvestment Plan
 
(DRIP) for its common shareholders.
 
Participation in the plan is optional and
 
under the terms of the plan, cash
dividends on common shares are used
 
to purchase additional common shares. At
 
the option of the Bank, the common shares
 
may be issued from treasury at an
average market price based on the last five
 
trading days before the date of the dividend
 
payment, with a discount of between
 
0% to 5% at the Bank’s discretion or
purchased from the open market at market
 
prices.
During the three and six months ended April
 
30, 2026, the Bank satisfied the DRIP requirements
 
through open market common share purchases.
 
During the
three months ended April 30, 2025, the Bank
 
satisfied the DRIP requirements through open
 
market common share purchases. During
 
the six months ended
April 30, 2025, the Bank satisfied the DRIP requirements
 
through common shares issued from
 
treasury with no discount for the first three
 
months and open market
common share purchases in the last
 
three months.
 
NORMAL COURSE ISSUER BID
On February 24, 2025, the Bank announced
 
that the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) and OSFI had approved a normal course
 
issuer bid (2025 NCIB) to purchase
for cancellation up to 100 million of its common
 
shares for up to $8 billion. The Bank completed
 
its 2025 NCIB in January 2026, under
 
which it repurchased and
cancelled $8 billion of its common shares.
 
On January 16, 2026, the Bank announced
 
that the TSX and OSFI have approved
 
the Bank’s new normal course issuer bid (2026
 
NCIB) to repurchase for
cancellation up to $7 billion of its common
 
shares, not to exceed 61 million common
 
shares. The 2026 NCIB commenced on
 
January 20, 2026, and will terminate
on (A) the earliest to occur of: (i) January 15,
 
2027; (ii) the date on which the aggregate
 
purchase cost of common shares purchased
 
equals $7 billion; and (iii) the
11
The Bank’s expectations for financial targets are based on forward-looking assumptions that have inherent risk and uncertainties. Results may vary depending on actual economic conditions, including
the level of unemployment, interest rates, and economic growth or contraction, the operating environment, including regulatory requirements, political environment, and competitive landscape, and the
Bank’s assumptions on future business performance, including credit conditions and performance, inclusive of policy and trade uncertainty and borrower or industry specific credit factors and
conditions, and foreign exchange impact. These assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainties and may vary based on factors outside the Bank’s control, including those set out at the beginning of
this document in the “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” section. Refer to the “Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results” section of the Bank’s 2025 MD&A for additional information
about risks and uncertainties that may impact the Bank’s estimates.
12
 
Calculated in accordance with the OSFI’s Capital Adequacy Requirements guideline.
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 32
date on which the maximum number of
 
common shares purchasable is reached; or
 
(B) such earlier date as the Bank may
 
determine. From the commencement of
the 2026 NCIB on January 20, 2026, to April
 
30, 2026, the Bank repurchased 23.2
 
million shares under the program, at an average
 
price of $131.51 per share for
a total amount of $3.1 billion. During the three
 
months ended April 30, 2026, the Bank repurchased
 
and cancelled approximately 19.4 million
 
shares under the
2026 NCIB program, for a total of $2.6 billion.
NON-VIABILITY CONTINGENT CAPITAL PROVISION
If an NVCC trigger event were to occur, for all series of Class
 
A First Preferred Shares excluding the preferred
 
shares issued with respect to LRCNs,
 
the maximum
number of common shares that could be issued,
 
assuming there are no declared and unpaid
 
dividends on the respective series of preferred
 
shares at the time of
conversion, would be 0.6 billion in aggregate.
The LRCNs, by virtue of the recourse to the
 
preferred shares held in the Limited Recourse
 
Trust, include NVCC provisions. For LRCNs, if an NVCC
 
trigger were
to occur, the maximum number of common shares that could
 
be issued, assuming there are no declared
 
and unpaid dividends on the preferred
 
shares series
issued in connection with such LRCNs,
 
would be 1.7 billion in aggregate.
For NVCC subordinated notes and debentures
 
(including Additional Tier 1 Perpetual Notes), if an
 
NVCC trigger event were to occur, the maximum number
 
of
common shares that could be issued, assuming
 
there is no accrued and unpaid interest
 
on the respective subordinated notes and debentures,
 
would be 3.2 billion
in aggregate.
RISK FACTORS AND
 
MANAGEMENT
Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results
In addition to the risks described in the “Managing
 
Risk” section of the Bank’s 2025 MD&A and this
 
Report, there are numerous other risk factors,
 
many of which
are beyond the Bank’s control and the effects of
 
which can be difficult to predict, that could
 
cause the Bank’s results to differ significantly from the
 
Bank’s plans,
objectives, and estimates or could impact
 
the Bank’s reputation or the sustainability of its
 
business model. All forward-looking statements,
 
including those in this
MD&A, are, by their very nature, subject
 
to inherent risks and uncertainties, general
 
and specific, which may cause the Bank’s actual
 
results to differ materially
from the plan, objectives, estimates or expectations
 
expressed in the forward-looking statements.
 
Some of these factors are discussed
 
in the “Risk Factors and
Management” section of the 2025
 
MD&A and in the “Managing Risk” section
 
of this document, and others are noted in
 
the “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements” section of this document.
 
The Bank has supplemented the following Risk
 
Factors to reflect developments in the
 
external environment.
Geopolitical Risk
Further to the geopolitical risks outlined in
 
the Bank's 2025 MD&A, the conflict between
 
the United States and Iran has increased
 
volatility and disruption in global
energy and commodity markets, elevated
 
energy prices, and introduced restrictions
 
on maritime transit through key corridors
 
such as the Strait of Hormuz. This
has led to interruption in energy production,
 
transportation, trade flows and adverse impacts
 
across a broader range of commodities and
 
inputs that are energy
intensive or dependent on global supply chains
 
and transportation networks. Higher
 
energy costs, constrained shipping capacity, insurance limitations,
 
and supply
dislocations have contributed to increased
 
price levels and volatility in these markets.
 
Prolonged disruptions or further escalation
 
may exacerbate cost pressures,
constrain supply availability or affect demand across
 
certain sectors and regions, which could have
 
an impact on the Bank and its customers.
Inflation, Interest Rates and Recession
 
Uncertainty
Further to the inflation, interest rates
 
and recession uncertainty outlined in the Bank's
 
2025 MD&A, inflation has shown signs of renewed
 
upward pressure, driven
by sharp increases in energy and related
 
commodity prices following geopolitical disruptions
 
in the Middle East. Elevated energy prices
 
have increased headline
inflation and contributed to higher input costs
 
and price volatility across a range of goods
 
and services. While core inflation measures
 
have remained more stable
to date, the persistence and duration of current
 
cost pressures remain uncertain and could
 
affect inflation expectations. Central banks have
 
responded to this
environment by reassessing the pace and
 
timing of anticipated interest rate adjustments.
 
In Canada and the United States, policy rates
 
have been held steady in
recent decisions, reflecting a balance between
 
moderating growth, cooling labour market
 
conditions and emerging upside risks to inflation
 
stemming from energy
and commodity related shocks. As a result,
 
the outlook for interest rates has become
 
more uncertain, with the potential for interest rates
 
to remain higher for longer
than previously expected, or to decline
 
more rapidly should economic conditions deteriorate,
 
which could have an impact on the Bank and
 
its customers.
For more information on the economic outlook
 
refer to the “Economic Summary and Outlook”
 
section of this document.
MANAGING RISK
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Growing profitability in financial results based
 
on balanced revenue, expense and capital
 
growth services involves selectively taking
 
and managing risks within the
Bank’s risk appetite. The Bank’s goal is to earn a
 
stable and sustainable rate of return for
 
every dollar of risk it takes, while putting
 
significant emphasis on
investing in its businesses to meet its future
 
strategic objectives.
The Bank’s businesses and operations are exposed
 
to a broad number of risks that have been
 
identified and defined in the Enterprise Risk
 
Framework. The
Bank’s tolerance to those risks is defined in
 
the Enterprise Risk Appetite which has been
 
developed within a comprehensive framework
 
that takes into
consideration current conditions in which
 
the Bank operates and the impact that emerging
 
risks will have on TD’s strategy and risk profile. The
 
Bank’s risk appetite
states that it takes risks required to build its
 
business, but only if those risks: (1)
 
fit the business strategy and can be understood
 
and managed; (2) do not expose
the enterprise to any significant single loss
 
events; TD does not ‘bet the bank’ on any
 
single acquisition, business, product or decision;
 
and (3) do not risk harming
the TD brand. Each business is responsible
 
for setting and aligning its individual risk
 
appetites with that of the enterprise
 
based on a thorough examination of
 
the
specific risks to which it is exposed.
The Bank considers it critical to regularly
 
assess its operating environment
 
and highlight top and emerging risks. These
 
are risks with a potential to have a
material effect on the Bank and where the attention
 
of senior leaders is focused due to the potential
 
magnitude or immediacy of their impact.
Risks are identified, discussed, and actioned
 
by senior leaders and reported quarterly
 
to the Risk Committee. Specific plans
 
to mitigate top and emerging risks
are prepared, monitored, and adjusted as required.
The Bank’s risk governance structure and risk
 
management approach have not substantially
 
changed from that described in the Bank’s 2025 MD&A.
 
During the
quarter, the Enterprise Reputational and Non-Traditional Risk Committee
 
(ERRC) was renamed the Enterprise Strategic
 
Resiliency Oversight Committee
(ESROC). The ESROC, chaired by the
 
Chief Risk Officer, provides senior executive oversight, direction
 
and guidance on strategic and reputational
 
risks arising
from the planning and execution of TD's strategies
 
and related activities,
 
including traditional and non-traditional risk
 
activities.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ex991p33i0
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 33
Additional information on risk factors can
 
be found in this document and the 2025
 
MD&A under the heading “Risk Factors
 
and Management”. For a complete
discussion of the risk governance structure
 
and the risk management approach, refer
 
to the “Managing Risk” section in the Bank’s 2025
 
MD&A.
The shaded sections of this MD&A represent
 
a discussion relating to market and liquidity
 
risks and form an integral part of the Interim
 
Consolidated Financial
Statements for the period ended April 30, 2026.
CREDIT RISK
Gross credit risk exposure, also referred
 
to as exposure at default (EAD), is the
 
total amount the Bank is exposed to at the time
 
of default of a loan and is
measured before counterparty-specific
 
provisions or write-offs. Gross credit risk exposure
 
does not reflect the effects of credit risk
 
mitigation (CRM) and includes
both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures.
 
On-balance sheet exposures consist primarily
 
of outstanding loans, non-trading securities,
 
derivatives,
and certain other repo-style transactions.
 
Off-balance sheet exposures consist primarily
 
of undrawn commitments, guarantees,
 
and certain other repo-style
transactions.
Gross credit risk exposures for the two approaches
 
the Bank uses to measure credit risk
 
are included in the following table.
 
TABLE 27: GROSS CREDIT RISK EXPOSURE – Standardized
 
and Internal Ratings-Based (IRB) Approaches
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Standardized
IRB
Total
Standardized
IRB
Total
Retail
Residential secured
$
5,301
$
557,079
$
562,380
$
5,141
$
552,249
$
557,390
Qualifying revolving retail
841
176,156
176,997
871
177,970
178,841
Other retail
3,548
110,336
113,884
3,660
110,316
113,976
Total retail
9,690
843,571
853,261
9,672
840,535
850,207
Non-retail
Corporate
1,192
839,142
840,334
2,402
758,573
760,975
Sovereign
162
475,443
475,605
175
552,954
553,129
Bank
801
188,591
189,392
7,121
180,614
187,735
Total non-retail
2,155
1,503,176
1,505,331
9,698
1,492,141
1,501,839
Gross credit risk exposures
$
11,845
$
2,346,747
$
2,358,592
$
19,370
$
2,332,676
$
2,352,046
1
 
Gross credit risk exposures represent EAD and are before the effects of CRM. This table excludes securitization,
 
equity, and certain other credit RWA.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 34
MARKET RISK
 
Market risk capital is calculated using the Standardized
 
Approach under Basel III. The Bank
 
continues to use Value-at-Risk (VaR) as an internal management
metric to monitor and control market risk.
Market Risk Linkage to the Balance Sheet
The following table provides a breakdown of
 
the Bank’s balance sheet assets and liabilities
 
exposed to trading and non-trading market
 
risks. Market risk of assets
and liabilities included in the calculation of VaR and metrics used
 
for regulatory market risk capital purposes
 
is classified as trading market risk.
 
TABLE 28: MARKET RISK LINKAGE TO THE BALANCE SHEET
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Non-trading market
Balance
Trading
Non-trading
Balance
Trading
Non-trading
risk – primary risk
sheet
market risk
market risk
Other
sheet
market risk
market risk
Other
sensitivity
Assets subject to market risk
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
$
110,124
$
2,867
$
107,257
$
$
109,417
$
940
$
108,477
$
Interest rate
Trading loans, securities, and other
231,680
222,008
9,672
220,136
213,151
6,985
Interest rate
Non-trading financial assets at
fair value through profit or loss
8,095
8,095
7,395
7,395
Equity,
 
foreign exchange,
 
interest rate
Derivatives
74,835
67,258
7,577
82,972
72,906
10,066
Equity,
 
foreign exchange,
 
interest rate
Financial assets designated at
fair value through profit or loss
7,299
7,299
6,986
6,986
Interest rate
Financial assets at fair value through
other comprehensive income
128,612
128,612
126,369
126,369
Equity,
 
foreign exchange,
 
interest rate
Debt securities at amortized cost,
net of allowance for credit losses
238,677
238,677
240,439
240,439
Foreign exchange,
interest rate
Securities purchased under
reverse repurchase agreements
220,120
6,901
213,219
247,078
7,574
239,504
Interest rate
Loans, net of allowance for
 
loan losses
964,289
964,289
953,012
953,012
Interest rate
Other assets
1
1,983
1,983
2,047
2,047
Interest rate
Assets not exposed to
 
market risk
99,391
99,391
98,707
98,707
Total Assets
$
2,085,105
$
299,034
$
1,686,680
$
99,391
$
2,094,558
$
294,571
$
1,701,280
$
98,707
Liabilities subject to market risk
Trading deposits
$
39,308
$
31,118
$
8,190
$
$
37,882
$
28,955
$
8,927
$
Equity, interest rate
Derivatives
74,532
69,513
5,019
79,356
74,790
4,566
Equity,
foreign exchange,
interest rate
Securitization liabilities at fair value
26,028
26,028
25,283
25,283
Interest rate
Financial liabilities designated at
 
fair value through profit or loss
222,503
8
222,495
197,635
3
197,632
Interest rate
Deposits
1,243,431
1,243,431
1,267,104
1,267,104
Interest rate,
foreign exchange
Obligations related to securities
sold short
42,293
38,785
3,508
43,795
42,475
1,320
Interest rate
Obligations related to securities sold
under repurchase agreements
218,392
20,920
197,472
221,150
13,922
207,228
Interest rate
Securitization liabilities at amortized
cost
16,017
16,017
14,841
14,841
Interest rate
Subordinated notes and debentures
10,345
10,345
10,733
10,733
Interest rate
Other liabilities
1
16,901
16,901
16,934
16,934
Equity, interest rate
Liabilities and Equity not
 
exposed to market risk
175,355
175,355
179,845
179,845
Total Liabilities and Equity
$
2,085,105
$
186,372
$
1,723,378
$
175,355
$
2,094,558
$
185,428
$
1,729,285
$
179,845
1
 
Relates to retirement benefits, insurance, and structured entity liabilities.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ex991p35i0
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 35
-75
-65
-55
-45
-35
-25
-15
-5
5
15
25
35
45
55
65
75
2/2/2026
2/9/2026
2/16/2026
2/23/2026
3/2/2026
3/9/2026
3/16/2026
3/23/2026
3/30/2026
4/6/2026
4/13/2026
4/20/2026
4/27/2026
TOTAL VALUE-AT-RISK
 
AND TRADING NET REVENUE
(millions of Canadian dollars)
 
Trading net revenue
 
Value-at-Risk
Calculating VaR
The Bank computes total VaR on a daily basis by combining the General
 
Market Risk (GMR) and Idiosyncratic Debt
 
Specific Risk (IDSR) associated with the
Bank’s trading positions.
GMR is determined by creating a distribution
 
of potential changes in the market value of
 
the current portfolio using historical simulation.
 
The Bank values the
current portfolio using the market price and rate
 
changes of the most recent
259
 
trading days for equity, interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, and
 
commodity
products. GMR is computed as the threshold
 
level that portfolio losses are not expected
 
to exceed more than
one
 
out of every
100
 
trading days. A
one-day
 
holding
period is used for GMR calculation.
IDSR measures idiosyncratic (single-name) credit
 
spread risk for credit exposures in the trading
 
portfolio using Monte Carlo simulation.
 
The IDSR model is
based on the historical behaviour of five-year idiosyncratic
 
credit spreads. Similar to GMR, IDSR is
 
computed as the threshold level that portfolio
 
losses are not
expected to exceed more than
one
 
out of every
100
 
trading days. IDSR is measured for a
ten-day
 
holding period.
The following graph discloses daily
one-day
 
VaR usage and trading net revenue, reported on a TEB,
 
within Wholesale Banking. Trading net revenue includes
trading income and net interest income related
 
to positions within the Bank’s market risk capital
 
trading books. For the second quarter ending
 
April 30, 2026,
there were
9 days
 
of trading losses and trading net revenue
 
was positive for
86
% of the trading days, reflecting normal
 
trading activity. Losses in the quarter did
not exceed VaR on any trading day.
VaR is a valuable risk measure but it should be used in the
 
context of its limitations, for example:
 
VaR uses historical data to estimate future events, which limits
 
its forecasting abilities;
 
It does not provide information on losses beyond
 
the selected confidence level; and
 
It assumes that all positions can be liquidated
 
during the holding period used for VaR calculation.
The Bank continuously improves its VaR methodologies and incorporates
 
new risk measures in line with market
 
conventions, industry best practices, and
regulatory requirements.
To mitigate some of the shortcomings of VaR, the Bank uses additional metrics designed for risk
 
management purposes.
 
This includes stress testing as well as
sensitivities to various market risk factors.
The following table presents the end of quarter, average, high,
 
and low usage of TD’s VaR metric.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 36
TABLE 29: PORTFOLIO MARKET
 
RISK MEASURES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
January
31
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2026
2025
2026
2025
As at
Average
High
Low
Average
Average
Average
Average
Interest rate risk
$
11.7
$
15.3
$
23.5
$
9.8
$
12.6
$
12.8
$
14.0
$
12.6
Credit spread risk
18.0
19.6
26.0
13.5
14.8
20.1
17.2
19.9
Equity risk
27.9
17.6
36.9
7.3
16.1
9.6
16.8
8.9
Foreign exchange risk
2.1
4.1
8.2
1.3
5.1
3.8
4.6
3.9
Commodity risk
25.1
35.5
49.6
25.1
37.1
23.1
36.3
14.5
Idiosyncratic debt specific risk
16.2
17.1
20.0
14.3
15.3
23.4
16.2
21.5
Diversification effect
1
(65.0)
(69.1)
 
n/m
2
 
n/m
 
(58.8)
(56.9)
(64.0)
(49.2)
Total Value
 
-at-Risk (one-day)
$
36.0
$
40.1
$
54.1
$
32.0
$
42.2
$
35.9
$
41.1
$
32.1
1
The aggregate VaR is less than the sum of the VaR
 
of the different risk types due to risk offsets resulting from portfolio diversification.
2
 
Not meaningful. It is not meaningful to compute a diversification effect because the high and low may
 
occur on different days for different risk types.
Average VaR decreased quarter-over-quarter due to changes in commodities
 
forward positions. This was partially offset by
 
changes in fixed income positions
coupled with wider credit spreads and
 
changes in interest rate positions.
Validation of VaR Model
 
The Bank uses a back-testing process
 
to compare actual profits and losses to VaR to review their consistency
 
with the statistical results of the VaR model.
 
Non-Trading Interest Rate Risk
 
The Bank’s non-trading interest rate risk arises
 
mainly from traditional personal and commercial
 
banking activity and is generally the result
 
of mismatches between
the maturities and repricing dates of the Bank’s
 
assets and liabilities.
The primary measures for managing and
 
controlling this risk are Economic Value of Shareholders’ Equity
 
(EVE) Sensitivity and Net Interest Income Sensitivity
(NIIS).
The EVE Sensitivity measures the change in
 
the net present value of the Bank’s banking
 
book assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance
 
sheet items given a
specific interest rate shock. It reflects a measurement
 
of the potential present value impact on
 
shareholders’ equity without an assumed
 
term profile for the
management of the Bank’s own equity and excludes
 
product margins.
 
The NIIS measures the NII change over
 
a twelve-month horizon for a specified
 
change in interest rates for banking book
 
assets, liabilities, and certain off-
balance sheet items assuming a constant balance
 
sheet over the period.
 
The Bank’s Market Risk policy sets overall limits
 
on the non-trading interest rate risk measures.
 
These limits are periodically reviewed
 
and approved by the Risk
Committee. In addition to the Board policy limits,
 
book-level risk limits are set for the
 
Bank’s management of non-trading interest rate
 
risk by Risk Management.
Exposures against these limits are routinely
 
monitored and reported, and breaches of the
 
Board limits, if any, are escalated to both the Asset Liability and
 
Capital
Committee (ALCO) and the Risk Committee.
The following table shows the potential before-tax
 
impact of an immediate and sustained
 
100 bps increase or decrease in interest rates
 
on the EVE and NIIS
measures.
TABLE 30: NON-TRADING INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY MEASURES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2026
January 31, 2026
April 30, 2025
EVE
NII
EVE
NII
EVE
NII
Sensitivity
Sensitivity
1
Sensitivity
3
Sensitivity
1,3
Sensitivity
3
Sensitivity
1,3
Canadian
U.S.
Total
Canadian
U.S.
Total
Total
Total
Total
Total
dollar
2
dollar
dollar
2
dollar
Before-tax impact of
 
 
100 bps increase in rates
$
(1,191)
$
(2,492)
$
(3,683)
$
354
$
57
$
411
$
(2,521)
$
745
$
(2,612)
$
679
 
100 bps decrease in rates
1,144
2,263
3,407
(390)
(71)
(461)
2,179
(815)
2,116
(769)
1
Represents the twelve-month NII exposure to an immediate and sustained shock in rates, and may include adjustments
 
for non-recurring items.
2
 
Includes other currency exposures.
3
 
Effective the second quarter ended April 30, 2026, includes exposures from Wholesale Banking. Prior
 
periods do not include Wholesale Banking
.
As at April 30, 2026, an immediate and sustained
 
100 bps increase in interest rates
 
would have a negative impact to the Bank’s EVE
 
of $
3,683
 
million, an increase
of $
1,162
 
million from last quarter, and a positive impact to the Bank’s NII
 
of $
411
 
million, a decrease of $
334
 
million from last quarter. An immediate and
sustained 100 bps decrease in interest rates
 
would have a positive impact to the Bank’s EVE
 
of $
3,407
 
million, an increase of $
1,228
 
million from last quarter, and
a negative impact to the Bank’s NII of $
461
 
million, a decrease of $
354
 
million from last quarter. The quarter over quarter increase in EVE
 
sensitivity is largely
attributed to Treasury activity primarily in support of lower
 
US dollar NII sensitivity.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 37
Liquidity Risk
The risk of having insufficient cash or collateral
 
to meet financial obligations and an inability
 
to, in a timely manner, raise funding or monetize assets at
 
a non-
distressed price. Financial obligations can arise
 
from deposit withdrawals, debt maturities,
 
commitments to provide credit or liquidity
 
support or the need to pledge
additional collateral.
TD’S LIQUIDITY RISK APPETITE
TD follows a disciplined liquidity management
 
program,
 
which is subject to risk governance and oversight,
 
and is designed to maintain sufficient liquidity
 
to permit
the Bank to operate through a significant
 
liquidity event without relying on extraordinary
 
central bank assistance. The Bank
 
maintains access to a stable and
diversified funding base and aligns
 
its funding profile with that of the assets and
 
contingent obligations it supports.
WHO MANAGES LIQUIDITY RISK
The Risk Committee, the ALCO and
 
the Treasurer are accountable for the identification,
 
assessment, control, monitoring and oversight
 
of liquidity risk.
 
The Risk Committee regularly reviews the
 
Bank’s liquidity position and approves the Bank’s
 
Liquidity Risk Management Framework
 
biennially and related
policies annually.
 
The Bank’s ALCO is responsible for establishing
 
effective management structures and practices
 
to ensure appropriate measurement, management,
 
and
governance of liquidity risk.
 
 
The Global Liquidity & Funding (GLF)
 
Committee, a subcommittee of the ALCO
 
comprised of senior management from
 
Treasury, Wholesale Banking and Risk
Management, identifies and monitors the Bank’s liquidity
 
risks.
 
In addition to our committee oversight framework,
 
liquidity risk management activities
 
are subject to the three lines of defence governance
 
model. Treasury, the
first line of defence for the management of liquidity
 
risk, is subject to independent second line
 
challenge and oversight by Risk Management.
 
TD’s Internal Audit is
the third line of defence. The three lines of
 
defence are independent of the business
 
whose activities generate liquidity risks.
The Bank’s liquidity risk appetite and liquidity risk
 
management approach have not changed substantially
 
from that described in the Bank’s 2025 MD&A.
 
For a
complete discussion of liquidity risk,
 
refer to the “Liquidity Risk” section in the
 
Bank’s 2025 MD&A.
Liquid assets
The Bank’s unencumbered liquid assets could be
 
used to help address potential funding needs
 
arising from stress events. Liquid asset
 
eligibility considers
estimated stressed market values and
 
trading market depth, as well as operational,
 
legal, or other impediments to sale, rehypothecation
 
or pledging.
Assets held by the Bank to meet liquidity
 
requirements are summarized in the following
 
tables. The tables do not include assets held
 
within the Bank’s insurance
businesses as these are used to support insurance-specific
 
liabilities and capital requirements.
TABLE 31: SUMMARY OF LIQUID ASSETS BY TYPE AND CURRENCY
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
As at
Securities
received as
collateral from
securities
financing and
Bank-owned
derivative
Total
Encumbered
Unencumbered
liquid assets
transactions
liquid assets
liquid assets
liquid assets
1
April 30, 2026
Cash and central bank reserves
$
18,895
$
$
18,895
$
2,051
$
16,844
Obligations of government, federal agencies, public sector
 
entities,
and multilateral development banks
2
111,472
107,727
219,199
106,362
112,837
Equities
19,172
8,035
27,207
21,076
6,131
Other debt securities
7,807
21,301
29,108
11,846
17,262
Other securities
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
157,346
137,063
294,409
141,335
153,074
Cash and central bank reserves
87,832
87,832
87,832
Obligations of government, federal agencies, public sector
 
entities,
and multilateral development banks
217,540
156,479
374,019
178,673
195,346
Equities
67,214
70,625
137,839
77,536
60,303
Other debt securities
82,738
42,285
125,023
35,873
89,150
Other securities
26,694
2,907
29,601
8,866
20,735
Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated
482,018
272,296
754,314
300,948
453,366
Total
3
$
639,364
$
409,359
$
1,048,723
$
442,283
$
606,440
October 31, 2025
Total Canadian dollar
 
-denominated
$
155,500
$
128,048
$
283,548
$
124,734
$
158,814
Total non-Canadian
 
dollar-denominated
479,607
223,847
703,454
279,201
424,253
Total
$
635,107
$
351,895
$
987,002
$
403,935
$
583,067
1
Unencumbered liquid assets include on-balance sheet assets, assets borrowed or purchased under resale agreements,
 
and other off-balance sheet collateral received less encumbered
liquid assets.
2
 
Includes National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed Securities (NHA MBS).
3
 
Effective April 30, 2026, collateral received from margin loans and collateral delivered to facilitate client
 
shorts has been included
.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 38
Unencumbered liquid assets held in The
 
Toronto-Dominion Bank, its domestic and foreign subsidiaries, and branches
 
are summarized in the following
 
table.
TABLE 32: SUMMARY OF UNENCUMBERED LIQUID ASSETS BY
 
BANK, SUBSIDIARIES, AND BRANCHES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
April 30
October 31
2026
2025
The Toronto-Dominion Bank (Parent)
$
231,554
$
257,722
Bank subsidiaries
340,442
306,961
Foreign branches
34,444
18,384
Total
$
606,440
$
583,067
The Bank’s
 
average liquid assets are summarized
 
in the following table.
 
TABLE 33: SUMMARY OF AVERAGE LIQUID ASSETS BY TYPE AND CURRENCY
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
Average for the three months ended
Securities
received as
collateral from
securities
financing and
Total
Bank-owned
derivative
liquid
Encumbered
Unencumbered
liquid assets
transactions
assets
liquid assets
liquid assets
1
April 30, 2026
Cash and central bank reserves
$
15,037
$
$
15,037
$
1,727
$
13,310
Obligations of government, federal agencies, public sector
 
 
entities, and multilateral development banks
2
113,658
103,532
217,190
98,831
118,359
Equities
20,519
8,277
28,796
21,468
7,328
Other debt securities
6,763
20,853
27,616
11,135
16,481
Other securities
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
155,977
132,662
288,639
133,161
155,478
Cash and central bank reserves
86,270
86,270
86,270
Obligations of government, federal agencies, public sector
 
 
entities, and multilateral development banks
219,447
156,746
376,193
183,625
192,568
Equities
66,206
70,158
136,364
77,606
58,758
Other debt securities
82,422
40,551
122,973
34,697
88,276
Other securities
30,443
2,837
33,280
9,693
23,587
Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated
484,788
270,292
755,080
305,621
449,459
Total
3
$
640,765
$
402,954
$
1,043,719
$
438,782
$
604,937
January 31, 2026
Total Canadian dollar
 
-denominated
$
158,150
$
114,067
$
272,217
$
117,861
$
154,356
Total non-Canadian
 
dollar-denominated
488,070
232,658
720,728
288,610
432,118
Total
$
646,220
$
346,725
$
992,945
$
406,471
$
586,474
1
 
Unencumbered liquid assets include on-balance sheet assets, assets borrowed or purchased under resale agreements,
 
and other off-balance sheet collateral received less encumbered
liquid assets.
2
 
Includes NHA MBS.
3
 
Effective April 30, 2026, collateral received from margin loans and collateral delivered to facilitate client
 
shorts has been included.
Average unencumbered liquid assets held in
 
The Toronto-Dominion Bank,
 
its domestic and foreign subsidiaries,
 
and branches are summarized in the
 
following
table.
 
TABLE 34: SUMMARY OF AVERAGE UNENCUMBERED LIQUID ASSETS BY BANK, SUBSIDIARIES,
 
AND BRANCHES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Average for the three months ended
 
April 30
January 31
2026
2026
The Toronto-Dominion
 
Bank (Parent)
$
237,056
$
259,779
Bank subsidiaries
338,412
300,135
Foreign branches
29,469
26,560
Total
$
604,937
$
586,474
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 39
ASSET ENCUMBRANCE
In the course of the Bank’s daily operations, assets
 
are pledged to obtain funding, support
 
trading and brokerage businesses, and participate
 
in clearing and/or
settlement systems. TD has pledging policies
 
in place that govern the amount of assets
 
we encumber, ensuring sufficient assets are available to meet liquidity
requirements. A summary of on- and off-balance
 
sheet encumbered and unencumbered assets
 
is presented as follows.
TABLE 35: ENCUMBERED AND UNENCUMBERED ASSETS
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
Total Assets
Encumbered
Unencumbered
Total
 
Pledged as
 
Available as
Assets
Collateral
1
Other
2
Collateral
3
Other
4
April 30, 2026
Cash and due from banks
$
5,858
$
$
$
$
5,858
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
110,124
6,234
98,974
4,916
Securities, trading loans, and other
1,081,359
493,305
26,590
505,500
55,964
Derivatives
74,835
74,835
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
936,935
40,669
98,823
66,297
731,146
Other assets
5
95,516
202
95,314
Total assets
$
2,304,627
$
540,410
$
125,413
$
670,771
$
968,033
October 31, 2025
Total assets
$
2,265,385
$
525,387
$
127,282
$
672,337
$
940,379
1
 
Pledged collateral refers to the portion of assets that are pledged through encumbering activities, such as repurchase
 
agreements, securities lending, derivative contracts, and
requirements associated with participation in clearing houses and payment systems.
2
 
Includes assets supporting TD’s long-term funding activities such as asset securitization and issuance
 
of covered bonds.
3
 
Represents assets that are readily available for use as collateral to generate funding or support collateral requirements.
 
This category includes unencumbered loans backed by real estate
that qualify as eligible collateral in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.
4
 
Other unencumbered assets are not subject to any restrictions on their use to secure funding or as collateral but
 
would not be considered immediately available.
5
 
Other assets include goodwill, other intangibles, land, buildings, equipment, other depreciable assets and right-of
 
-use assets, deferred tax assets, amounts receivable from brokers,
dealers, and clients, and other assets on the balance sheet not reported in the above categories.
LIQUIDITY STRESS TESTING AND CONTINGENCY
 
FUNDING PLANS
In addition to the Bank’s internal liquidity stress
 
metric, the Bank performs liquidity
 
stress testing on multiple alternate scenarios.
 
These scenarios consist of a mix
of TD-specific and market-wide stress
 
events designed to evaluate the potential
 
impact of risk factors material to the
 
Bank’s risk profile. Liquidity risk assessments
are also part of the Bank’s Enterprise-Wide Stress
 
Testing program.
The Bank maintains CFPs for the enterprise
 
and material subsidiaries operating
 
in foreign jurisdictions. As they provide a
 
playbook for managing stressed
liquidity conditions, these plans are an integral
 
component of the Bank’s overall liquidity risk
 
management framework. The CFPs outline
 
different contingency
levels based on the severity and duration of
 
the liquidity event and identify recovery
 
actions appropriate for each level. To support operational readiness, CFPs
provide key steps required to implement
 
each recovery action. Regional CFPs identify
 
recovery actions to address region-specific
 
stress events. The actions and
governance structure outlined in the Bank’s
 
CFP are aligned with the Bank’s Crisis Management
 
Recovery Plan.
CREDIT RATINGS
Credit ratings may affect the Bank’s access to, and cost
 
of, raising funding and its ability to engage
 
in certain business activities on a
 
cost-effective basis. Credit
ratings and outlooks provided by rating agencies
 
reflect their views and methodologies and
 
are subject to change based on several
 
factors including the Bank’s
financial strength, competitive position,
 
and liquidity, as well as factors not entirely within the Bank’s control,
 
including conditions affecting the overall financial
services industry.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 40
TABLE 36: CREDIT RATINGS
1
As at
April 30, 2026
Moody’s
S&P
Fitch
2
DBRS
Deposits/Counterparty
3
Aa1
A+
AA+
AA
Senior Debt
4
A2
A-
AA-
AA (low)
Covered Bonds
Aaa
AAA
AAA
Legacy Subordinated Debt – non-NVCC
A3
A-
A
A (high)
Tier 2 Subordinated Debt – NVCC
A3 (hyb)
BBB+
A
A (low)
AT1 Perpetual Debt – NVCC
Baa2 (hyb)
BBB-
BBB+
Limited Recourse Capital Notes – NVCC
Baa2 (hyb)
BBB-
BBB+
BBB (high)
Preferred Shares – NVCC
Baa2 (hyb)
BBB-
BBB+
Pfd-2
Short-Term Debt (Deposits)
P-1
A-1
F1+
R-1 (high)
Outlook
Stable
Stable
Negative
Stable
1
 
The above ratings are for The Toronto-Dominion
 
Bank legal entity. Subsidiaries’ ratings are available
 
on the Bank’s website at http://www.td.com/investor/credit.jsp. Credit
 
ratings are not
recommendations to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation in as much as they do not comment on market
 
price or suitability for a particular investor. Ratings are subject
 
to revision
or withdrawal at any time by the rating organization.
2
 
Reflects Long-Term Deposits Rating upgrade
 
made by Fitch subsequent to quarter end, on May 12, 2026.
3
 
Represents Moody’s Long-Term
 
Deposits Ratings and Counterparty Risk Rating, S&P’s Issuer Credit Rating, Fitch’s
 
Long-Term Deposits Rating and DBRS’
 
Long-Term Deposits Rating.
4
 
Subject to conversion under the bank recapitalization “bail-in”
 
regime.
The Bank regularly reviews the level
 
of increased collateral its trading counterparties
 
would require in the event of a downgrade of
 
TD’s credit rating. The following
table presents the additional collateral that
 
could have been contractually required to be
 
posted to OTC derivative counterparties as
 
of the reporting date in the
event of one, two, and three-notch downgrades
 
of the Bank’s credit ratings.
 
TABLE 37: ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING DOWNGRADES
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Average for the three months ended
 
April 30
January 31
2026
2026
One-notch downgrade
$
966
$
873
Two-notch downgrade
1,364
1,342
Three-notch downgrade
2,253
2,313
1
 
These collateral requirements are based on each OTC trading counterparty’s Credit Support Annex
 
and the Bank’s credit rating across applicable rating agencies.
 
LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO (LCR)
 
The LCR is a Basel III standard designed to ensure
 
that banks have an adequate stock of unencumbered
 
HQLA, consisting of cash or assets that
 
can be
converted into cash, to meet their liquidity
 
needs for a 30-calendar day liquidity stress
 
scenario.
 
In accordance with OSFI’s Liquidity Adequacy Requirements
 
(LAR), the Bank must maintain a
 
minimum LCR of 100%, except during periods
 
of financial stress
when institutions are permitted to use their
 
stock of HQLA. The Bank’s LCR is calculated according
 
to the scenario parameters in the LAR guideline,
 
including
prescribed HQLA eligibility criteria and haircuts,
 
deposit run-off, and other outflow and inflow rates.
 
LCR-eligible HQLA consist primarily of
 
central bank reserves,
sovereign-issued or sovereign-guaranteed
 
securities, and high-quality securities issued
 
by non-financial entities.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 41
The following table summarizes the Bank’s average
 
daily LCR as of the relevant dates.
 
TABLE 38: AVERAGE LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO
1
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
Average for the three months ended
April 30, 2026
Total unweighted
Total weighted
value (average)
2
value (average)
3
High-quality liquid assets
Total high-quality liquid assets
$
n/a
4
$
336,237
Cash outflows
Retail deposits and deposits from small business
 
customers, of which:
$
512,073
$
33,551
Stable deposits
269,909
8,097
Less stable deposits
242,164
25,454
Unsecured wholesale funding, of which:
396,367
196,881
Operational deposits (all counterparties)
 
and deposits in networks of cooperative banks
144,650
33,806
Non-operational deposits (all counterparties)
220,464
131,822
Unsecured debt
31,253
31,253
Secured wholesale funding
n/a
55,509
Additional requirements, of which:
399,786
135,014
Outflows related to derivative exposures and
 
other collateral requirements
90,550
67,754
Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products
14,000
14,000
Credit and liquidity facilities
295,236
53,260
Other contractual funding obligations
20,374
10,508
Other contingent funding obligations
863,188
13,307
Total cash outflows
$
n/a
$
444,770
Cash inflows
Secured lending
 
$
279,438
$
56,711
Inflows from fully performing exposures
29,317
13,665
Other cash inflows
116,169
116,169
Total cash inflows
$
424,924
$
186,545
Average for the three months ended
April 30, 2026
January 31, 2026
Total adjusted
Total adjusted
value
value
Total high-quality liquid assets
$
336,237
$
341,809
Total net cash outflows
258,225
249,469
Liquidity coverage ratio
130
%
137
%
1
 
The LCR is calculated in accordance with OSFI’s LAR guideline, which is reflective of liquidity-related
 
requirements published by the BCBS. The LCR for the quarter ended April 30, 2026
is calculated as an average of the 62 daily data points in the quarter.
2
 
Unweighted inflow and outflow values are outstanding balances maturing or callable within 30 days.
3
 
Weighted values are calculated after the application of respective HQLA haircuts or inflow and outflow
 
rates, and caps as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline.
4
 
Not applicable as per the LCR common disclosure template.
The Bank’s average LCR was 130% for the
 
quarter ended April 30, 2026 and continues
 
to meet regulatory requirements
The Bank holds a variety of liquid assets
 
commensurate with its liquidity needs.
 
Most of these liquid assets also qualify as
 
HQLA under the OSFI LAR guideline.
The Bank’s Level 1 assets for the quarter ended April
 
30, 2026, as calculated according to OSFI
 
LAR and the BCBS LCR requirements, represent
 
86% of total
HQLA (January 31, 2026 – 86%).
 
In accordance with the OSFI LAR guideline,
 
the Bank’s reported HQLA excludes excess HQLA
 
from U.S. Banking operations to
reflect liquidity transfer considerations between
 
U.S. Banking and affiliates as a result of the U.S.
 
Federal Reserve Board’s regulations. By excluding
 
excess
HQLA, the U.S. Banking LCR is effectively capped
 
at 100% prior to total Bank consolidation.
As described in the “How TD Manages Liquidity
 
Risk” section of the Bank’s 2025 MD&A, the Bank
 
manages its HQLA and other liquidity buffers to
 
the higher of
TD’s internal 90-day surplus requirement and its
 
target buffers over regulatory requirements including
 
those for LCR, Net Stable Funding Ratio
 
(NSFR), and the
Net Cumulative Cash Flow metrics.
13
The Bank’s expectations regarding liquidity levels are based on the Bank’s assumptions regarding certain factors, including product growth, strategic plans, and pace of share repurchases under the
Bank’s normal course issuer bid (which is subject to financial forecasts and capital requirements). The Bank’s assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainties and may vary based on factors both
within and outside the Bank’s control, including general market conditions, economic outlook and geopolitical matters. Refer to the “Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results” section of this document
for additional information about risks and uncertainties that may impact the Bank’s estimates.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 42
NET STABLE
 
FUNDING RATIO
The NSFR is a Basel III metric calculated as
 
the ratio of total available stable funding
 
(ASF) to total required stable funding (RSF).
 
The Bank must maintain an
NSFR equal to or above 100% in accordance
 
with the LAR guideline. The Bank’s ASF comprises
 
the Bank’s liability and capital instruments
 
(including deposits
and wholesale funding). The assets that require
 
stable funding are a function of the Bank’s on and
 
off-balance sheet activities,
 
their liquidity characteristics, and
OSFI’s LAR guideline requirements.
 
TABLE 39: NET STABLE FUNDING RATIO
1
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
April 30, 2026
Unweighted value by residual maturity
6 months to
More than
No
 
Less than
 
less than
 
or equal to
Weighted
maturity
2
6 months
 
1 year
 
1 year
 
value
3
Available Stable Funding Item
Capital
$
120,284
$
n/a
$
n/a
$
6,456
$
126,741
Regulatory capital
120,284
n/a
n/a
6,456
126,741
Other capital instruments
n/a
n/a
n/a
Retail deposits and deposits from small business
 
customers:
470,789
71,454
33,458
29,026
561,754
Stable deposits
260,876
28,285
14,191
14,537
302,721
Less stable deposits
209,913
43,169
19,268
14,489
259,034
Wholesale funding:
265,238
415,689
114,090
239,740
474,577
Operational deposits
118,996
2,349
60,672
Other wholesale funding
146,242
413,340
114,090
239,740
413,905
Liabilities with matching interdependent assets
4
2,176
1,120
37,958
Other liabilities:
46,952
107,425
8,339
NSFR derivative liabilities
n/a
12,283
 
n/a
 
All other liabilities and equity not included
 
in the above categories
46,952
85,412
2,784
6,946
8,339
Total Available Stable Funding
$
1,171,411
Required Stable Funding Item
Total NSFR high-quality liquid assets
$
 
n/a
 
$
 
n/a
 
$
 
n/a
 
$
 
n/a
 
$
56,729
Deposits held at other financial institutions for
 
operational purposes
Performing loans and securities
137,817
286,565
120,315
682,316
798,041
Performing loans to financial institutions
 
secured by Level 1 HQLA
63,200
8,152
293
8,535
Performing loans to financial institutions
 
secured by non-Level 1
HQLA and unsecured performing loans to
 
financial institutions
87,876
5,950
15,304
28,133
Performing loans to non-financial corporate
 
clients, loans to retail
and small business customers, and loans
 
to sovereigns, central
banks and PSEs, of which:
42,651
63,197
42,200
301,123
349,289
With a risk weight of less than or equal
 
to 35% under the Basel II
standardized approach for credit risk
n/a
Performing residential mortgages, of which:
38,189
63,880
57,488
287,681
289,245
With a risk weight of less than or equal
 
to 35% under the Basel II
standardized approach for credit risk
38,189
63,880
57,488
287,681
289,245
Securities that are not in default and do not
 
qualify as HQLA,
including exchange-traded equities
56,977
8,412
6,524
77,915
122,839
Assets with matching interdependent liabilities
4
2,970
2,016
36,268
Other assets:
80,934
154,483
118,052
Physical traded commodities, including gold
26,384
 
n/a
 
 
n/a
 
 
n/a
 
23,157
Assets posted as initial margin for derivative
 
contracts and
 
contributions to default funds of CCPs
19,516
16,589
NSFR derivative assets
 
 
n/a
 
11,824
NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction
 
of variation margin
posted
 
n/a
 
25,843
1,292
All other assets not included in the above
 
categories
54,550
87,104
2,073
8,122
77,014
Off-balance sheet items
 
n/a
 
865,572
31,434
Total Required Stable Funding
$
1,004,256
Net Stable Funding Ratio
 
117
%
As at
January 31, 2026
5
Total Available Stable Funding
$
1,152,199
Total Required Stable Funding
1,005,388
Net Stable Funding Ratio
 
115
%
1
 
The NSFR is calculated in accordance with OSFI’s LAR guideline, which is reflective of liquidity-related
 
requirements published by the BCBS.
2
 
Items in the “no maturity” time bucket do not have a stated maturity. These
 
may include, but are not limited to, items such as capital with perpetual maturity,
 
non-maturity deposits, short
positions, open maturity positions, non-HQLA equities, and physical traded commodities.
3
 
Weighted values are calculated after the application of respective NSFR weights, as prescribed by the
 
OSFI LAR guideline.
4
 
Interdependent asset and liability items are deemed by OSFI to be interdependent and have RSF and ASF risk factors
 
adjusted to zero. Interdependent liabilities cannot fall due while the
asset is still on balance sheet, cannot be used to fund any other assets and principal payments from the asset cannot
 
be used for anything other than repaying the liability.
 
As such, the
only interdependent assets and liabilities that qualify for this treatment at the Bank are the liabilities arising from the
 
Canada Mortgage Bonds Program and their corresponding
encumbered assets.
5
 
Effective April 30, 2026, the comparative period has been changed to reflect information from the previous
 
fiscal quarter.
The Bank’s NSFR for the quarter ended April 30,
 
2026 is 117%
 
(January 31, 2026 – 115%), representing a surplus of $167 billion
 
and adhering to regulatory
requirements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 43
FUNDING
The Bank has access to a variety of unsecured
 
and secured funding sources. The Bank’s
 
funding activities are conducted in accordance
 
with liquidity risk
management policies that require assets be
 
funded to the appropriate term and to a prudent
 
diversification profile.
The Bank’s primary approach to funding is
 
to maximize the use of deposits raised through
 
its personal,
 
wealth and business banking channels.
 
The deposits
raised from these sources were approximately
62
% (October 31, 2025 –
64
%) of the Bank’s total funding. Non-personal
 
deposit funding as reflected below does
not include the Bank’s Wholesale Banking deposits
 
(including Corporate & Investment Banking).
TABLE 40: SUMMARY OF DEPOSIT FUNDING
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
April 30
October 31
2026
2025
Personal
$
641,827
$
650,396
Non-personal
305,886
316,319
Total
$
947,713
$
966,715
WHOLESALE FUNDING
The Bank maintains various registered external
 
wholesale term (greater than 1 year) funding
 
programs to provide access to diversified
 
funding sources, including
asset securitization, covered bonds, and
 
unsecured wholesale debt. The Bank raises
 
term funding through Senior Notes, NHA
 
MBS, notes backed by credit card
receivables (Evergreen Credit Card Trust) and home equity
 
lines of credit (Genesis Trust II). The Bank’s wholesale
 
funding is diversified by geography, currency,
and funding types. The Bank raises short-term
 
(1 year or less) funding using certificates
 
of deposit and commercial paper.
The following table summarizes the term
 
funding and capital programs by geography, with the related program
 
size as at April 30, 2026.
Canada
United States
Europe
Capital Securities Program ($20 billion)
Canadian Senior Medium-Term Linked Notes
Program ($10 billion)
HELOC ABS Program (Genesis Trust II) ($7
 
billion)
U.S. SEC (F-3) Registered Capital and
 
Debt
Program (US$75 billion)
U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Registered
Legislative Covered Bond Program ($100 billion)
FCA Registered Global Medium-Term Note Program
(US$40 billion)
Non-Registered Structured Global Medium-Term
Linked Notes Program (US$20 billion)
 
The following table presents a breakdown of
 
the Bank’s term debt by currency and funding
 
type. Term funding was $190.9 billion as at April 30,
 
2026
(October 31, 2025
 
– $192.0 billion).
Note that Table 41: Long-Term Funding and Table
 
42: Wholesale Funding do not include
 
any funding accessed via repurchase transactions
 
or securities financing.
TABLE 41: LONG-TERM FUNDING
1
As at
April 30
October 31
Long-term funding by currency
2026
 
2025
Canadian dollar
28
%
26
%
U.S. dollar
34
33
Euro
29
32
British pound
5
4
Other
4
5
Total
100
%
100
%
Long-term funding by type
 
 
Senior unsecured medium-term notes
55
%
53
%
Covered bonds
34
37
Mortgage securitization
2
9
8
Term asset-backed securities
2
2
Total
100
%
100
%
1
The table includes secured and unsecured,
 
senior and subordinated notes – excluding
 
structured notes and commercial paper – issued
 
to external investors with
an original term-to-maturity of greater than
 
one year.
2
Mortgage securitization excludes the residential
 
mortgage trading business.
The Bank maintains depositor concentration
 
limits in respect of short-term wholesale
 
deposits so that it is not overly reliant
 
on individual depositors for funding.
The Bank further limits short-term wholesale
 
funding maturity concentration in an effort to
 
mitigate refinancing risk during a stress event.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 44
The following table represents the remaining
 
maturity of various sources of funding outstanding
 
as at April 30,
 
2026 and October 31, 2025.
 
TABLE 42: WHOLESALE FUNDING
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30
October 31
2026
2025
Less than
1 to 3
3 to 6
6 months
Up to 1
Over 1 to
Over
1 month
months
months
to 1 year
year
2 years
2 years
Total
Total
Deposits from banks
1
$
1,951
$
234
$
330
$
710
$
3,225
$
$
$
3,225
$
2,738
Bearer deposit notes
1,174
671
725
1,125
3,695
3,695
5,732
Certificates of deposit
14,284
17,081
32,033
48,501
111,899
3,276
115,175
90,513
Commercial paper
13,605
15,439
11,407
13,112
53,563
810
54,373
53,759
Covered bonds
3,423
5,337
14,194
22,954
9,785
31,894
64,633
70,558
Mortgage securitization
2
39
968
1,085
1,803
3,895
4,247
33,903
42,045
40,124
Senior unsecured medium-term notes
3
7,645
2,303
13,019
22,967
22,872
60,825
106,664
102,136
Subordinated notes and debentures
4
10,345
10,345
10,733
Term asset-backed
 
securitization
1,326
1,987
2,901
6,324
12,538
1,719
1,453
15,710
15,702
Other
5
38,853
4,956
3,060
2,653
49,522
2,957
3,489
55,968
47,820
Total
$
71,232
$
52,404
$
59,181
$
101,441
$
284,258
$
45,666
$
141,909
$
471,833
$
439,815
Of which:
Secured
$
1,365
$
7,736
$
10,681
$
23,679
$
43,461
$
15,751
$
67,250
$
126,462
$
126,388
Unsecured
69,867
44,668
48,500
77,762
240,797
29,915
74,659
345,371
313,427
Total
$
71,232
$
52,404
$
59,181
$
101,441
$
284,258
$
45,666
$
141,909
$
471,833
$
439,815
1
 
Only includes fixed-term commercial bank deposits.
2
 
Includes mortgage-backed securities (MBS) issued to external investors and Wholesale Banking residential mortgage
 
trading business.
3
 
Includes a) bail-inable senior debt and b) $1.5 billion of non-bail-inable senior debt with original term-to-maturity
 
of less than 400 days, of which $1.3 billion has a remaining term of 1 to
3 months and $0.2 billion has a remaining term of 6 months to 1 year.
 
Excludes $2.3 billion of structured notes subject to conversion under the “bail-in” regime (October 31,
 
2025 –
$3.3 billion).
4
 
Subordinated notes and debentures are not considered wholesale funding as they may be raised primarily for capital
 
management purposes.
5
Includes fixed-term deposits from non-bank institutions (unsecured) of $26.6 billion (October 31, 2025 – $26.9
 
billion) and the remaining are non-term deposits.
Excluding the Wholesale Banking residential
 
mortgage trading business, the Bank’s total
 
mortgage-backed securities issued to external
 
investors for the three and
six months ended April 30, 2026,
 
were $1.3 billion and $2.4 billion,
 
respectively (three and six months ended
 
April 30, 2025 – $1.3
 
billion and $2.3 billion,
respectively)
 
and other asset-backed securities issued
 
for the three and six months ended April 30, 2026,
 
were nil (three and six months ended April
 
30, 2025 – nil
and $0.2 billion, respectively). The Bank also
 
issued $8.9 billion and $15.3 billion, respectively, of unsecured
 
medium-term notes for the three months
 
and six
months ended April 30, 2026 (three months
 
and six months ended April 30, 2025 – nil
 
and $10.4
 
billion,
 
respectively). Covered bonds issued
 
for the three and six
months ended April 30, 2026 were $2.8 billion
 
and $5.1 billion, respectively (three and
 
six months ended April 30, 2025 – nil).
REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS CONCERNING LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING
In January 2026, OSFI released its final revised
 
LAR guideline which comes into effect on
 
May 1, 2026 (starting third quarter of fiscal 2026).
 
Amendments include
introduction of deposit categorizations for
 
measuring liquidity risks from structured
 
notes and deposits sourced through non-bank
 
financial intermediaries, and
clarification of expectations for instruments
 
with contingent features and/or uncertain
 
maturity profiles, particularly in relation to
 
their early redemption
characteristics and associated liquidity implications.
ISSB – IFRS S1 and IFRS S2
In March 2025, OSFI released updates to
 
Guideline B-15 to ensure continued interoperability
 
with the requirements of the final Canadian Sustainability
 
Standards
Board (CSSB) standards. Key updates include
 
postponing the implementation date
 
for industry-based metrics and Scope
 
3 Greenhouse Gas (GHG)
 
emissions
disclosures from fiscal year end 2025
 
to 2028. The Bank’s 2025 annual sustainability report
 
suite will incorporate the phased-in cross-industry
 
metrics
requirements, effective for October 31, 2025.
In April 2025, the Canadian Securities Administrators
 
(CSA) announced that it is pausing work
 
on the development of a new mandatory
 
climate-related disclosure
rule that is based on the two standards issued
 
by the CSSB. The CSSB standards were
 
released in December 2024 and are based
 
on the international
sustainability standards issued by the International
 
Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB).
 
They set out the disclosure requirements for
 
financially material
information about sustainability and climate-related
 
risks and opportunities to meet investor
 
information needs. For these standards
 
to become mandatory
requirements in Canada, they would need
 
to be incorporated into a CSA rule. The Bank
 
continues to assess the impact of adopting these
 
standards and to monitor
developments from various standard setters
 
and regulators.
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 45
SECURITIZATION AND
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
The Bank enters into securitization and off-balance
 
sheet arrangements in the normal course of
 
operations. The Bank is involved with
 
structured entities (SEs) that
it sponsors, as well as entities sponsored
 
by third parties. Refer to “Securitization and
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements”
 
section, Note 9: Transfers of Financial
Assets and Note 10: Structured Entities of
 
the Bank’s 2025 Annual Report for further details.
 
There have been no significant changes
 
to the Bank’s securitization
and off-balance sheet arrangements during the quarter
 
ended April 30, 2026.
Securitization of Third-Party Originated
 
Assets
Significant Unconsolidated Special Purpose
 
Entities
The Bank securitizes third-party originated
 
assets through Bank-sponsored SEs, including
 
its multi-seller conduits which are not consolidated.
 
Multi-seller conduits
securitize third-party originated assets.
 
The Bank administers multi-seller conduits
 
and provides liquidity facilities as well as
 
securities distribution services; it may
also provide credit enhancements. TD’s total potential
 
exposure to loss through the provision
 
of liquidity facilities for multi-seller conduits
 
was $58.7 billion as at
April 30, 2026 (October 31, 2025
 
– $57.5 billion). As at April 30, 2026,
 
the Bank had funded exposure of $38.6 billion
 
under such liquidity facilities relating
 
to
outstanding issuances of asset-backed
 
commercial paper (ABCP)
 
(October 31, 2025
 
– $38.5 billion).
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
The Bank’s
 
unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial
 
Statements have been prepared in accordance
 
with IFRS. For details of the Bank’s
 
accounting policies under
IFRS, refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s second
 
quarter 2026 Interim Consolidated Financial
 
Statements and 2025 Annual
 
Consolidated Financial Statements. For
details of the Bank’s significant accounting
 
judgments, estimates, and assumptions
 
under IFRS, refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s
 
second quarter 2026
 
Interim
Consolidated Financial Statements and the Bank’s
 
2025
 
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.
CURRENT CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING
 
POLICIES
There were no new accounting policies adopted
 
by the Bank for the three and six months ended
 
April 30, 2026.
ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES,
 
AND ASSUMPTIONS
The estimates used in the Bank’s accounting
 
policies are essential to understanding its
 
results of operations and financial condition.
 
Some of the Bank’s policies
require subjective, complex judgments and
 
estimates as they relate to matters
 
that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these judgments
 
or estimates and
changes to accounting standards and policies
 
could have a materially adverse impact
 
on the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Bank has
established procedures to ensure that accounting
 
policies are applied consistently and that
 
the processes for changing methodologies,
 
determining estimates, and
adopting new accounting standards are well-controlled
 
and occur in an appropriate and systematic
 
manner.
Impairment – Expected Credit Loss Model
The ECL model requires the application of judgments,
 
estimates,
 
and assumptions in the assessment of the
 
current and forward-looking economic
 
environment.
There remains elevated economic uncertainty, and management
 
continues to exercise expert credit judgment
 
in assessing if an exposure has experienced
significant increase in credit risk since initial
 
recognition and in determining the amount
 
of ECLs at each reporting date. To the extent that certain effects are not
fully incorporated into the model calculations,
 
temporary quantitative and qualitative adjustments
 
have been applied,
 
including for risks related to elevated
uncertainty associated with policy and trade,
 
and such adjustments will be updated as appropriate
 
in future periods.
FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING
 
POLICIES
There were no new accounting standards
 
or amendments issued during the three and
 
six months ended April 30, 2026. Refer to
 
Note 4 of the Bank’s 2025
 
Annual
Consolidated Financial Statements for a description
 
of future changes in accounting policies.
CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL
 
REPORTING
 
During the most recent interim period, there
 
have been no changes in the Bank’s policies and
 
procedures and other processes that
 
comprise its internal control
over financial reporting, that have materially affected,
 
or are reasonably likely to materially
 
affect, the Bank’s internal control over financial
 
reporting. Refer to
Note 2 and Note 3 of the Bank’s second quarter 2026
 
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for further information regarding the Bank’s changes
 
to
accounting policies, procedures, and estimates.
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 46
GLOSSARY
FINANCIAL AND BANKING TERMS
Adjusted Results:
 
Non-GAAP financial measures
 
used to assess each of the
Bank’s businesses and to measure the Bank’s overall
 
performance. To arrive at
adjusted results, the Bank adjusts for “items
 
of note”, from reported results. The
items of note relate to items which management
 
does not believe are indicative
of underlying business performance.
Allowance for Credit Losses:
 
Represent expected credit losses (ECLs)
 
on
financial assets, including any off-balance sheet
 
exposures, at the balance
sheet date. Allowance for credit losses consists
 
of Stage 3 allowance for
impaired financial assets and Stage 2 and
 
Stage 1 allowance for performing
financial assets and off-balance sheet instruments.
 
The allowance is increased
by the provision for credit losses,
 
decreased by write-offs net of recoveries and
disposals,
 
and impacted by foreign exchange.
Amortized Cost:
 
The amount at which a financial asset or
 
financial liability is
measured at initial recognition minus principal
 
repayments, plus or minus the
cumulative amortization, using EIRM, of any
 
differences between the initial
amount and the maturity amount, and
 
minus any reduction for impairment.
 
Assets under Administration (AUA):
 
Assets that are beneficially owned by
customers where the Bank provides services
 
of an administrative nature, such
as the collection of investment income and
 
the placing of trades on behalf of the
clients (where the client has made his or
 
her own investment selection). The
majority of these assets are not reported on
 
the Bank’s Consolidated Balance
Sheet.
Assets under Management (AUM):
 
Assets that are beneficially owned by
customers, managed by the Bank, where
 
the Bank has discretion to make
investment selections on behalf of the
 
client (in accordance with an investment
policy). In addition to the TD family of mutual
 
funds, the Bank manages assets
on behalf of individuals, pension funds, corporations,
 
institutions, endowments
and foundations. These assets are not reported
 
on the Bank’s Consolidated
Balance Sheet. Some assets under management
 
that are also administered by
the Bank are included in assets under administration.
Asset-Backed Commercial Paper (ABCP):
 
A form of commercial paper that is
collateralized by other financial assets.
 
Institutional investors usually purchase
such instruments in order to diversify their assets
 
and generate short-term
gains.
Asset-Backed Securities (ABS):
 
A security whose value and income
payments are derived from and collateralized
 
(or “backed”) by a specified pool
of underlying assets.
Average Common Equity:
Average common equity for the business
 
segments
reflects the average allocated capital. The
 
Bank’s methodology for allocating
capital to its business segments is largely aligned
 
with the common equity
capital requirements under Basel III.
Average Interest-Earning Assets:
 
A non-GAAP financial measure that depicts
the Bank’s financial position, and is calculated
 
as the average carrying value of
deposits with banks, loans and securities based
 
on daily balances for the period
ending October 31 in each fiscal year.
Basic Earnings per Share (EPS):
 
A performance measure calculated by
dividing net income available to common
 
shareholders by the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding
 
for the period. Adjusted basic EPS is
calculated in the same manner using adjusted
 
net income.
Basis Points
 
(bps):
 
A unit equal to 1/100 of 1%. Thus, a 1%
 
change is equal to
100 basis points.
 
 
Book Value per Share:
 
A measure calculated by dividing common
shareholders’
 
equity by number of common shares at the
 
end of the period.
 
Carrying Value:
 
The value at which an asset or liability
 
is carried at on the
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Catastrophe Claims:
 
Insurance claims that relate to any single
 
event that
occurred in the period, for which the aggregate
 
insurance claims are equal to
or greater than an internal threshold of $5
 
million before reinsurance. The
Bank’s internal threshold may change from time
 
to time.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (CMO):
 
They are collateralized debt
obligations consisting of mortgage-backed
 
securities that are separated and
issued as different classes of mortgage pass-through
 
securities with different
terms, interest rates, and risks. CMOs by private
 
issuers are collectively
referred to as non-agency CMOs.
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital:
This is a primary Basel III capital
measure comprised mainly of common equity, retained earnings and
 
qualifying
non-controlling interest in subsidiaries. Regulatory
 
deductions made to arrive
at the CET1 Capital include goodwill
 
and intangibles, unconsolidated
investments in banking, financial, and insurance
 
entities, deferred tax assets,
defined benefit pension fund assets, and
 
shortfalls in allowances.
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital Ratio:
CET1 Capital ratio represents
the predominant measure of capital adequacy
 
under Basel III
and equals CET1 Capital divided by RWA.
Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR):
 
A measure of growth over multiple
time periods from the initial investment value
 
to the ending investment value
assuming that the investment has been compounding
 
over the time period.
Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA):
CVA represents a capital charge that
measures credit risk due to default of derivative
 
counterparties. This charge
requires banks to capitalize for the potential
 
changes in counterparty credit
spread for the derivative portfolios.
Diluted EPS:
 
A performance measure calculated by dividing
 
net income
available to common shareholders by the
 
weighted average number of
common shares outstanding adjusting
 
for the effect of all potentially dilutive
common shares. Adjusted diluted EPS is
 
calculated in the same manner using
adjusted net income.
Dividend Payout Ratio:
 
A ratio represents the percentage of Bank’s earnings
being paid to common shareholders in
 
the form of dividends and is calculated
by dividing common dividends by net income
 
available to common
shareholders. Adjusted dividend payout ratio
 
is calculated in the same manner
using adjusted net income.
Dividend Yield:
 
A ratio calculated as the dividend per
 
common share for the
year divided by the daily average closing
 
stock price during the year.
Effective Income Tax Rate:
A rate and performance indicator calculated
 
by
dividing the provision for income taxes as a percentage
 
of net income before
taxes. Adjusted effective income tax rate is calculated
 
in the same manner
using adjusted results.
Effective Interest Rate (EIR):
 
The rate that discounts expected future cash
flows for the expected life of the financial instrument
 
to its carrying value. The
calculation takes into account the contractual
 
interest rate, along with any fees
or incremental costs that are directly
 
attributable to the instrument and all other
premiums or discounts.
Effective Interest Rate Method (EIRM):
 
A technique for calculating the actual
interest rate in a period based on the amount
 
of a financial instrument’s book
value at the beginning of the accounting period.
 
Under EIRM,
 
the effective
interest rate, which is a key component of
 
the calculation, discounts the
expected future cash inflows and outflows expected
 
over the life of a financial
instrument.
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 47
Efficiency Ratio:
 
The efficiency ratio measures operating efficiency and
 
is
calculated by taking the non-interest expenses
 
as a percentage of total revenue.
A lower ratio indicates a more efficient business
 
operation. Adjusted efficiency
ratio is calculated in the same manner using
 
adjusted non-interest expenses
and adjusted total revenue.
Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF):
Established by the FSB in
May 2012, comprised of banks, analysts, investors,
 
and auditors, with the goal
of enhancing the risk disclosures of banks and
 
other financial institutions.
Expected Credit Losses (ECLs):
ECLs are the probability-weighted present
value of expected cash shortfalls over
 
the remaining expected life of the
financial instrument and considers reasonable
 
and supportable information
about past events, current conditions, and forecasts
 
of future events and
economic conditions that impact the Bank’s
 
credit risk assessment.
Fair Value:
 
The price that would be received to sell an
 
asset or paid to transfer
a liability in an orderly transaction between
 
market participants at the
measurement date, under current market
 
conditions.
Fair value through other comprehensive
 
income (FVOCI):
Under IFRS 9, if
the asset passes the contractual cash
 
flows test (named SPPI), the business
model assessment determines how the instrument
 
is classified. If the instrument
is being held to collect contractual cash flows,
 
that is, if it is not expected to be
sold, it is measured as amortized cost. If the
 
business model for the instrument
is to both collect contractual cash flows and
 
potentially sell the asset, it is
measured at FVOCI.
Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL):
Under IFRS 9, the classification is
dependent on two tests, a contractual
 
cash flow test (named SPPI) and a
business model assessment. Unless the
 
asset meets the requirements of both
tests, it is measured at fair value with all
 
changes in fair value reported in profit
or loss.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
(FDIC):
A U.S. government
corporation which provides deposit insurance
 
guaranteeing the safety of a
depositor’s accounts in member banks.
 
The FDIC also examines and
supervises certain financial institutions for
 
safety and soundness, performs
certain consumer-protection functions, and
 
manages banks in receiverships
(failed banks).
Forward Contracts:
 
Over-the-counter contracts between two parties
 
that oblige
one party to the contract to buy and the other
 
party to sell an asset for a fixed
price at a future date.
Futures:
 
Exchange-traded contracts to buy or
 
sell a security at a predetermined
price on a specified future date.
Hedging:
 
A risk management technique intended
 
to mitigate the Bank’s
exposure to fluctuations in interest rates,
 
foreign currency exchange rates, or
other market factors. The elimination or
 
reduction of such exposure is
accomplished by engaging in capital markets
 
activities to establish offsetting
positions.
Impaired Loans:
 
Loans where, in management’s opinion,
 
there has been a
deterioration of credit quality to the extent
 
that the Bank no longer has
reasonable assurance as to the timely collection
 
of the full amount of principal
and interest.
Loss Given Default (LGD):
 
It is the amount of the loss the Bank
 
would likely
incur when a borrower defaults on a loan,
 
which is expressed as a percentage
of exposure at default.
Mark-to-Market (MTM):
 
A valuation that reflects current market rates
 
as at the
balance sheet date for financial instruments
 
that are carried at fair value.
Master Netting Agreements:
 
Legal agreements between two parties
 
that
have multiple derivative contracts with each
 
other that provide for the net
settlement of all contracts through a single
 
payment, in a single currency, in
the event of default or termination of any one
 
contract.
Net Corporate Expenses:
Non-interest expenses related to corporate
 
service
and control groups which are not allocated to a
 
business segment.
 
Net Interest Margin:
 
A non-GAAP ratio calculated as net interest
 
income as a
percentage of average interest-earning assets
 
to measure performance. This
metric is an indicator of the profitability of
 
the Bank’s earning assets less the
cost of funding. Adjusted net interest
 
margin is calculated in the same manner
using adjusted net interest income.
Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC):
Instruments (preferred shares and
subordinated debt) that contain a feature or
 
a provision that allows the financial
institution to either permanently convert these
 
instruments into common shares
or fully write-down the instrument, in the event
 
that the institution is no longer
viable.
Notional:
 
A reference amount on which payments
 
for derivative financial
instruments are based.
Office of the Superintendent of Financial
 
Institutions Canada (OSFI):
The
regulator of Canadian federally chartered
 
financial institutions and federally
administered pension plans.
Operating Leverage:
A
non-GAAP measure that the Bank calculates
 
as the
difference between the % change in adjusted
 
revenue (U.S. Banking in source
currency) net of insurance service expense
 
(ISE), and adjusted expenses
(U.S. Banking in US$) grossed up by the
 
retailer program partners’
 
share of
PCL for the Bank’s U.S. strategic cards portfolio.
 
Collectively, these
adjustments provide a measure of operating
 
leverage that management
believes is more reflective of underlying business
 
performance.
Options:
 
Contracts in which the writer of the option grants
 
the buyer the future
right, but not the obligation, to buy or to sell a
 
security, exchange rate, interest
rate, or other financial instrument or commodity
 
at a predetermined price at or
by a specified future date.
Price-Earnings Ratio:
 
A ratio calculated by dividing the closing
 
share price by
EPS based on a trailing four quarters to indicate
 
market performance.
 
Adjusted
price-earnings ratio is calculated in the
 
same manner using adjusted EPS.
 
Probability of Default (PD):
 
It is the likelihood that a borrower will not
 
be able
to meet its scheduled repayments.
Provision for Credit Losses (PCL):
 
Amount added to the allowance for credit
losses to bring it to a level that management
 
considers adequate to reflect
expected credit-related losses on its
 
portfolio.
Return on Common Equity (ROE):
 
The consolidated Bank ROE is calculated
as net income available to common shareholders
 
as a percentage of average
common shareholders’
 
equity,
 
utilized in assessing the Bank’s use of equity.
ROE for the business segments is calculated
 
as the segment net income
available to common shareholders as a percentage
 
of average allocated
capital. Adjusted ROE is calculated in
 
the same manner using adjusted net
income.
 
Return on Tangible Common Equity (ROTCE):
 
A non-GAAP financial
measure calculated as reported net income
 
available to common shareholders
after adjusting for the after-tax amortization
 
of acquired intangibles, which are
treated as an item of note, as a percentage
 
of average Tangible common
equity. Adjusted ROTCE is calculated in the same manner using
 
adjusted net
income.
 
Both measures can be utilized in assessing
 
the Bank’s use of equity.
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 48
Return on Risk-weighted Assets:
Net income available to common
shareholders as a percentage of average risk-weighted
 
assets.
Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA):
Assets calculated by applying a regulatory
 
risk-
weight factor to on and off-balance sheet exposures.
 
The risk-weight factors are
established by the OSFI to convert on and off-balance
 
sheet exposures to a
comparable risk level.
Securitization:
 
The process by which financial assets,
 
mainly loans, are
transferred to structures,
 
which normally issue a series of asset-backed
securities to investors to fund the purchase
 
of loans.
Solely Payments of Principal and Interest
 
(SPPI):
 
Contractual cash flows of a
financial asset that are consistent with a basic
 
lending arrangement.
Swaps:
 
Contracts that involve the exchange of fixed
 
and floating interest rate
payment obligations and currencies on a notional
 
principal for a specified period
of time.
Tangible common equity (TCE):
 
A non-GAAP financial measure calculated
 
as
common shareholders’ equity less goodwill,
 
imputed goodwill, and intangibles
on an investment in Schwab and other acquired
 
intangible assets, net of related
deferred tax liabilities. It can be utilized in assessing
 
the Bank’s use of equity.
Taxable Equivalent Basis (TEB):
 
A calculation method (not defined in GAAP)
that increases revenues and the provision
 
for income taxes on certain tax-
exempt securities to an equivalent before-tax
 
basis to facilitate comparison of
net interest income from both taxable and
 
tax-exempt sources.
Tier 1 Capital Ratio:
 
Tier 1 Capital represents the more permanent
 
forms of
capital, consisting primarily of common
 
shareholders’
 
equity, retained earnings,
preferred shares and innovative instruments.
 
Tier 1 Capital ratio is calculated as
Tier 1 Capital divided by RWA.
Total Capital Ratio:
 
Total Capital is defined as the total of net Tier 1 and Tier 2
Capital. Total Capital ratio is calculated as Total Capital divided by RWA.
Total Shareholder Return (TSR):
 
The total return earned on an investment
 
in
TD’s common shares. The return measures the
 
change in shareholder value,
assuming dividends paid are reinvested in
 
additional shares.
Trading-Related Revenue:
 
A non-GAAP financial measure that is
 
the total of
trading income (loss), net interest income on
 
trading positions, and income from
financial instruments designated at FVTPL
 
that are managed within a trading
portfolio. Trading-related revenue (TEB) in the Wholesale
 
Banking segment is
also a non-GAAP financial measure and is
 
calculated in the same manner,
including TEB adjustments. Both are used
 
for measuring trading performance.
Value-at-Risk (VaR):
 
A metric used to monitor and control overall
 
risk levels
and to calculate the regulatory capital required
 
for market risk in trading
activities. VaR measures the adverse impact that potential changes
 
in market
rates and prices could have on the value
 
of a portfolio over a specified period of
time.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 49
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED BALANCE
 
SHEET
(unaudited)
(As at and in millions of Canadian dollars)
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
$
5,858
$
7,512
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
110,124
109,417
115,982
116,929
Trading loans, securities, and other
 
(Note 4)
231,680
220,136
Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or
 
loss
 
(Note 4)
8,095
7,395
Derivatives
 
(Note 4)
74,835
82,972
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or
 
loss
 
(Note 4)
7,299
6,986
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
(Note 4)
128,612
126,369
450,521
443,858
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for
 
credit losses (Notes 4, 5)
238,677
240,439
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
 
220,120
247,078
Loans (Notes 4, 6)
Residential mortgages
299,994
315,063
Consumer instalment and other personal
274,675
259,033
Credit card
40,802
41,662
Business and government
357,237
345,943
972,708
961,701
Allowance for loan losses
 
(Note 6)
(8,419)
(8,689)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
964,289
953,012
Other
Goodwill
18,460
18,980
Other intangibles
3,624
3,409
Land, buildings, equipment, other depreciable assets and
 
right-of-use assets
9,979
10,132
Deferred tax assets
5,327
5,388
Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients
29,969
27,345
Other assets
 
(Note 8)
28,157
27,988
95,516
93,242
Total assets
$
2,085,105
$
2,094,558
LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
 
(Notes 4, 9)
$
39,308
$
37,882
Derivatives
 
(Note 4)
74,532
79,356
Securitization liabilities at fair value
 
(Note 4)
26,028
25,283
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through
 
profit or loss
 
(Notes 4, 9)
222,503
197,635
362,371
340,156
Deposits (Notes 4, 9)
Personal
 
641,827
 
650,396
Banks
25,537
27,233
Business and government
576,067
589,475
1,243,431
1,267,104
Other
Obligations related to securities sold short
 
(Note 4)
42,293
43,795
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements
218,392
221,150
Securitization liabilities at amortized cost
 
(Note 4)
16,017
14,841
Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients
29,487
27,434
Insurance contract liabilities
7,307
7,278
Other liabilities
 
(Note 10)
31,144
34,240
344,640
348,738
Subordinated notes and debentures (Notes 4, 11)
10,345
10,733
Total liabilities
1,960,787
1,966,731
EQUITY
Shareholders’ Equity
Common shares
 
(Note 12)
24,309
24,727
Preferred shares and other equity instruments
 
(Note 12)
11,625
11,625
Treasury – common shares
 
(Note 12)
(60)
Treasury – preferred shares and other
 
equity instruments
 
(Note 12)
(14)
(4)
Contributed surplus
361
285
Retained earnings
78,295
78,320
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
9,802
12,874
Total equity
124,318
127,827
Total liabilities and equity
$
2,085,105
$
2,094,558
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 50
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
(unaudited)
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
 
For the three months ended
 
 
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2025
2026
2025
Interest income
1
 
(Note 19)
Loans
$
12,316
$
12,602
$
25,035
$
26,069
 
Reverse repurchase agreements
1,886
2,368
4,103
4,974
Securities
Interest
4,086
4,398
8,345
9,100
Dividends
895
848
1,527
1,371
Deposits with banks
798
1,366
1,667
2,940
19,981
21,582
40,677
44,454
Interest expense (Note 19)
Deposits
8,119
9,923
16,705
21,146
Securitization liabilities
244
205
475
433
Subordinated notes and debentures
107
145
229
280
Repurchase agreements and short sales
2,447
2,746
5,199
5,736
Other
203
438
419
868
11,120
13,457
23,027
28,463
Net interest income
8,861
8,125
17,650
15,991
Non-interest income
Investment and securities services
2,449
2,006
4,818
4,020
Credit fees
433
419
826
838
Trading income (loss)
921
992
2,420
2,297
Service charges
681
680
1,384
1,366
Card services
605
704
1,333
1,477
Insurance revenue
1,945
1,876
3,946
3,746
Other income (loss)
 
(Notes 5, 7)
(98)
8,135
5
7,251
6,936
14,812
14,732
20,995
Total revenue
15,797
22,937
32,382
36,986
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
(Note 6)
1,001
1,341
2,040
2,553
Insurance service expenses
1,398
1,417
3,020
2,924
Non-interest expenses
Salaries and employee benefits
4,795
4,485
9,752
9,135
Occupancy, including depreciation
529
499
1,046
1,011
Technology and equipment, including depreciation
743
699
1,450
1,388
Amortization of other intangibles
 
215
194
423
381
Communication and marketing
444
427
799
768
Restructuring charges (recovery)
 
(Note 17)
(6)
163
194
163
Brokerage-related and sub-advisory fees
136
133
264
262
Professional, advisory and outside services
1,010
957
2,056
1,850
Other
506
582
1,141
1,251
8,372
8,139
17,125
16,209
Income before income taxes and share
 
of net income from investment
 
in Schwab
5,026
12,040
10,197
15,300
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
775
985
1,903
1,683
Share of net income from investment
 
in Schwab (Note 7)
74
305
Net income
 
4,251
11,129
8,294
13,922
Preferred dividends and distributions
 
on other equity instruments
202
200
303
286
Net income available to common shareholders
$
4,049
$
10,929
$
7,991
$
13,636
Earnings per share
 
(Canadian dollars)
 
(Note 16)
Basic
$
2.44
$
6.28
$
4.78
$
7.81
Diluted
2.43
6.27
4.77
7.81
Dividends per common share
 
(Canadian dollars)
1.08
1.05
2.16
2.10
1
 
Includes $
17,839
 
million and $
36,563
 
million for the three and six months ended April 30, 2026, respectively (three and six months ended April
 
30, 2025 – $
19,285
 
million and
$
40,031
 
million, respectively), which have been calculated based on the effective interest rate method
 
(EIRM).
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 51
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(unaudited)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net income
$
4,251
$
11,129
$
8,294
$
13,922
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Items that will be subsequently reclassified
 
to net income
Net change in unrealized gain/(loss) on
 
financial assets at fair value
through other comprehensive income
 
Unrealized gain/(loss)
(257)
(338)
77
(204)
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
2
(3)
(2)
6
Allowance for credit losses recognized in earnings
2
1
1
Income taxes relating to:
Unrealized gain/(loss)
66
84
(23)
49
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
2
2
4
(189)
(253)
55
(144)
Net change in unrealized foreign currency
 
translation gain/(loss) on
investments in foreign operations, net
 
of hedging activities
Unrealized gain/(loss)
(60)
(6,146)
(3,612)
(927)
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
(533)
(533)
Net gain/(loss) on hedges
(37)
4,090
2,373
514
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
 
on hedges
799
799
Income taxes relating to:
Net gain/(loss) on hedges
10
(1,138)
(660)
(145)
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
 
on hedges
(220)
(220)
(87)
(3,148)
(1,899)
(512)
Net change in gain/(loss) on derivatives
 
designated as cash flow hedges
 
Gain/(loss)
(1,130)
2,464
(3,089)
3,953
Reclassification to earnings of loss/(gain)
23
(218)
1,369
(1,402)
Income taxes relating to:
Gain/(loss)
325
(714)
834
(1,095)
Reclassification to earnings of loss/(gain)
(22)
109
(364)
390
(804)
1,641
(1,250)
1,846
Share of other comprehensive income (loss)
 
from investment in Schwab
2,208
1,870
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified
 
to net income
 
Remeasurement gain/(loss) on employee
 
benefit plans
Gain/(loss)
108
(40)
39
(17)
Income taxes
(30)
11
(11)
6
78
(29)
28
(11)
Change in net unrealized gain/(loss)
 
on equity securities designated at
 
fair value through other comprehensive income
Net unrealized gain/(loss)
6
49
35
63
Income taxes
(2)
(13)
(10)
(16)
4
36
25
47
Gain/(loss) from changes in fair value due
 
to own credit risk on
financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
through profit or loss
Gain/(loss)
14
39
(3)
29
Income taxes
(4)
(11)
(8)
10
28
(3)
21
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
(988)
483
(3,044)
3,117
Total comprehensive income (loss)
$
3,263
$
11,612
$
5,250
$
17,039
Available to:
Common shareholders
$
3,061
$
11,412
$
4,947
$
16,753
Preferred shareholders and other equity instrument
 
holders
 
202
200
 
303
286
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 52
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
 
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(unaudited)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Common shares (Note 12)
Balance at beginning of period
$
24,551
$
25,528
$
24,727
$
25,373
Proceeds from shares issued on exercise of stock options
42
44
150
69
Shares issued as a result of dividend reinvestment plan
130
Purchase of shares for cancellation and other
(284)
(436)
(568)
(436)
Balance at end of period
24,309
25,136
24,309
25,136
Preferred shares and other equity instruments (Note 12)
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
11,625
11,138
11,625
10,888
Issuance of shares and other equity instruments
750
Redemption of shares and other equity instruments
(500)
Balance at end of period
11,625
11,138
11,625
11,138
Treasury – common shares (Note 12)
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(5)
(38)
(17)
Purchase of shares
(2,899)
(2,880)
(6,213)
(6,384)
Sale of shares
2,844
2,892
6,153
6,375
Balance at end of period
(60)
(26)
(60)
(26)
Treasury – preferred shares and other equity instruments (Note 12)
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(11)
(51)
(4)
(18)
Purchase of shares and other equity instruments
(353)
(267)
(515)
(1,387)
Sale of shares and other equity instruments
350
290
505
1,377
Balance at end of period
(14)
(28)
(14)
(28)
Contributed surplus
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
315
189
285
204
Net premium (discount) on sale of treasury instruments
15
1
21
(11)
Issuance of stock options, net of options exercised
 
27
3
40
3
Other
4
6
15
3
Balance at end of period
361
199
361
199
Retained earnings
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
78,253
71,718
78,320
70,826
Net income available to equity instrument holders
4,251
11,129
8,294
13,922
Common dividends
(1,786)
(1,815)
(3,597)
(3,651)
Preferred dividends and distributions on other equity instruments
(202)
(200)
(303)
(286)
Share and other equity instrument issue expenses
(2)
Net premium on repurchase of common shares and redemption of preferred shares and other
equity instruments
 
(Note 12)
(2,321)
(2,135)
(4,483)
(2,135)
Remeasurement gain/(loss) on employee benefit plans
78
(29)
28
(11)
Realized gain/(loss) on equity securities designated at fair value through
other comprehensive income
22
(28)
36
(23)
Balance at end of period
78,295
78,640
78,295
78,640
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
527
(99)
283
(208)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(189)
(255)
54
(145)
Allowance for credit losses
2
1
1
Balance at end of period
 
338
(352)
338
(352)
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on equity securities designated at fair value through
other comprehensive income:
Balance at beginning of period
167
46
146
35
Other comprehensive income (loss)
25
8
60
24
Reclassification of loss/(gain) to retained earnings
(21)
28
(35)
23
Balance at end of period
 
171
82
171
82
Gain/(loss) from changes in fair value due to own credit risk on financial liabilities
designated at fair value through profit or loss:
Balance at beginning of period
(41)
(29)
(28)
(22)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
10
28
(3)
21
Balance at end of period
 
(31)
(1)
(31)
(1)
Net unrealized foreign currency translation gain/(loss) on investments in foreign
 
operations, net of hedging activities:
Balance at beginning of period
11,430
15,529
13,242
12,893
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(87)
(3,148)
(1,899)
(512)
Balance at end of period
 
11,343
12,381
11,343
12,381
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
 
Balance at beginning of period
(1,215)
(2,719)
(769)
(2,924)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(804)
1,641
(1,250)
1,846
Balance at end of period
 
(2,019)
(1,078)
(2,019)
(1,078)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income
9,802
11,032
9,802
11,032
Total equity
$
124,318
$
126,091
$
124,318
$
126,091
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 53
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
 
OF CASH FLOWS
 
(unaudited)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2025
2026
2025
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities
Net income
$
4,251
$
11,129
$
8,294
$
13,922
Adjustments to determine net cash flows from (used in) operating
 
activities
Gain on Sale of Schwab shares
 
(Note 7)
(9,159)
(9,159)
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
(Note 6)
1,001
1,341
2,040
2,553
Depreciation
346
340
684
685
Amortization of other intangibles
215
194
423
381
Net securities loss/(gain)
 
(Note 5)
1
282
(2)
1,202
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
 
(Note 7)
(74)
(305)
Deferred taxes
(275)
(457)
151
(527)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Interest receivable and payable
 
(Notes 8, 10)
(147)
(608)
(227)
(845)
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements
4,610
(6,454)
(2,758)
(14,498)
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
2,805
5,643
26,958
(8,259)
Obligations related to securities sold short
838
(2,533)
(1,502)
4,038
Trading loans, securities, and other
3,208
3,853
(11,544)
(19,232)
Loans net of securitization and sales
(6,807)
27,634
(13,334)
10,510
Deposits
(4,733)
(21,175)
(22,247)
(2,583)
Derivatives
(427)
3,143
3,313
3,968
Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or
 
loss
330
(718)
(700)
(1,659)
Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through
 
profit or loss
(2,995)
(16,984)
24,555
(14,080)
Securitization liabilities
1,625
1,721
1,921
2,870
Current income taxes
(624)
1,822
(727)
241
Amounts receivable and payable from brokers, dealers,
 
and clients
7,205
327
(571)
(3,652)
Other, including unrealized foreign currency
 
translation loss/(gain)
(186)
12,471
8,099
(4,112)
Net cash from (used in) operating activities
10,241
11,738
22,826
(38,541)
Cash flows from (used in) financing activities
Issuance of subordinated notes and debentures
 
(Note 11)
1,000
17
1,000
2,129
Redemption or repurchase of subordinated notes and
 
debentures
 
(Note 11)
(1,257)
(2,927)
(1,263)
(2,994)
Common shares issued, net of issuance costs
 
(Note 12)
38
40
136
62
Repurchase of common shares, including tax on net value
 
of share repurchases
 
(Note 12)
(2,605)
(2,571)
(5,051)
(2,571)
Preferred shares and other equity instruments issued,
 
net of issuance costs
 
(Note 12)
748
Redemption of preferred shares and other equity instruments
 
(Note 12)
(500)
Sale of treasury shares and other equity instruments
 
(Note 12)
3,209
3,183
6,679
7,741
Purchase of treasury shares and other equity instruments
 
(Note 12)
(3,252)
(3,147)
(6,728)
(7,771)
Dividends paid on shares and distributions paid on other equity
 
instruments
(3,759)
(2,015)
(3,900)
(3,807)
Repayment of lease liabilities
(168)
(340)
(331)
(509)
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
(6,794)
(7,760)
(9,458)
(7,472)
Cash flows from (used in) investing activities
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
3,469
(9,911)
(3,459)
29,129
Activities in financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
 
income
Purchases
(9,750)
(21,836)
(21,762)
(42,813)
Proceeds from maturities
5,986
9,817
13,264
18,123
Proceeds from sales
2,230
1,530
2,712
2,370
Activities in debt securities at amortized cost
Purchases
(14,200)
(22,204)
(26,245)
(29,337)
Proceeds from maturities
8,661
13,422
21,407
26,012
Proceeds from sales
356
4,183
403
21,935
Net purchases of land, buildings, equipment, other depreciable
 
assets, and other intangibles
(624)
(436)
(1,155)
(933)
Net cash acquired from divestitures
 
(Note 7)
20,627
20,627
Net cash from (used in) investing activities
(3,872)
(4,808)
(14,835)
45,113
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and
 
due from banks
(4)
(221)
(187)
(36)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks
(429)
(1,051)
(1,654)
(936)
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period
6,287
6,552
7,512
6,437
Cash and due from banks at end of period
$
5,858
$
5,501
$
5,858
$
5,501
Supplementary disclosure of cash flows from operating
 
activities
Amount of income taxes paid (refunded) during the period
$
1,315
$
1,466
$
2,812
$
2,787
Amount of interest paid during the period
 
11,588
 
13,978
 
23,602
 
29,456
Amount of interest received during the period
19,407
20,647
39,498
43,231
Amount of dividends received during the period
821
721
1,464
1,347
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 54
NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)
NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS
 
CORPORATE INFORMATION
The Toronto-Dominion Bank is a bank chartered under the
Bank Act (Canada)
. The shareholders of a bank are not, as
 
shareholders, liable for any liability, act, or
default of the bank except as otherwise provided
 
under the
Bank Act (Canada)
. The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known
 
as
TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”). The Bank
 
was formed through the amalgamation on
 
February 1, 1955,
 
of The Bank of Toronto (chartered in 1855) and The
Dominion Bank (chartered in 1869). The Bank
 
is incorporated and domiciled in Canada
 
with its registered and principal business
 
offices located at 66 Wellington
Street West, Toronto, Ontario. TD serves customers in four business segments
 
operating in a number of locations in key
 
financial centres around the globe:
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking, U.S. Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance,
 
and Wholesale Banking.
BASIS OF PREPARATION
The accompanying Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements have been prepared
 
on a condensed basis in accordance with
 
International Accounting Standards
34,
Interim Financial Reporting
 
(IAS 34), as issued by the International
 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and
 
with the accounting policies as described in
 
Note 2
of the Bank’s 2025 Annual Consolidated Financial
 
Statements, including the accounting requirements
 
of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial
 
Institutions
Canada (OSFI), which were consistently
 
applied to all periods presented.
 
The Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
are presented in Canadian dollars,
unless otherwise indicated.
Certain comparative amounts have been
 
revised to conform with the presentation adopted
 
in the current period.
The preparation of the Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements requires that management
 
make judgments, estimates, and assumptions
 
regarding the
reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue
 
and expenses, and disclosure of contingent
 
assets and liabilities, as further described in
 
Note 3 of the Bank’s 2025
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements
 
and in Note 3 of this report. Accordingly, actual results may differ from estimated
 
amounts as future confirming events
occur.
 
The Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
have been prepared using uniform accounting
 
policies for like transactions and events in
 
similar
circumstances. All intercompany transactions,
 
balances,
 
and unrealized gains and losses on
 
transactions are eliminated on consolidation.
The Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for the three and six months ended April 30,
 
2026, were approved and authorized
 
for issue by the Bank’s Board
of Directors on May 27, 2026, in accordance
 
with a recommendation of the Audit Committee.
As the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
do not include all of the disclosures normally
 
provided in the Annual Consolidated Financial
 
Statements, they
should be read in conjunction with the Bank’s 2025
 
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements
 
and the accompanying Notes, and
 
the shaded sections of the 2025
Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A).
 
The risk management policies and procedures
 
of the Bank are provided in the MD&A.
 
The shaded sections of
the “Managing Risk” section of the MD&A in
 
this report,
 
relating to market, liquidity, and insurance risks, are an integral
 
part of these Interim Consolidated Financial
Statements, as permitted by International
 
Financial Reporting Standards.
 
NOTE 2: CURRENT AND FUTURE
 
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
CURRENT CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING
 
POLICIES
There were no new accounting policies adopted
 
by the Bank for the three and six months ended
 
April 30, 2026.
FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING
 
POLICIES
There were no new accounting standards
 
or amendments issued during the three and
 
six months ended April 30, 2026. Refer to
 
Note 4 of the Bank’s 2025
 
Annual
Consolidated Financial Statements for a description
 
of future changes in accounting policies.
NOTE 3: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
 
JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES, AND ASSUMPTIONS
 
The estimates used in the Bank’s accounting policies
 
are essential to understanding its results
 
of operations and financial condition. Some
 
of the Bank’s policies
require subjective, complex judgments and
 
estimates as they relate to matters
 
that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these judgments
 
or estimates and
changes to accounting standards and policies
 
could have a materially adverse impact on
 
the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial
 
Statements. The Bank has
established procedures to ensure that accounting
 
policies are applied consistently and that the
 
processes for changing methodologies,
 
determining estimates, and
adopting new accounting standards are well-controlled
 
and occur in an appropriate and systematic
 
manner. Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s 2025
 
Annual
Consolidated Financial Statements for a description
 
of significant accounting judgments, estimates,
 
and assumptions.
Impairment – Expected Credit Loss Model
The expected credit loss (ECL) model requires
 
the application of judgments, estimates,
 
and assumptions in the assessment of the
 
current and forward-looking
economic environment. There remains elevated
 
economic uncertainty, and management continues to exercise
 
expert credit judgment in assessing if an
 
exposure
has experienced significant increase in credit
 
risk since initial recognition and in determining
 
the amount of ECLs at each reporting date.
 
To the extent that certain
effects are not fully incorporated into the model
 
calculations, temporary quantitative and qualitative
 
adjustments have been applied,
 
including for risks related to
elevated uncertainty associated with policy and
 
trade, and such adjustments will be updated
 
as appropriate in future periods.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 55
NOTE 4: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
 
There have been no significant changes to
 
the Bank’s approach and methodologies used
 
to determine fair value measurements for
 
the three and six months
ended April 30, 2026.
 
(a)
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES NOT CARRIED AT FAIR VALUE
The following table reflects the fair value
 
of the Bank’s financial assets and liabilities not
 
carried at fair value.
 
Financial Assets and Liabilities not carried
 
at Fair Value
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Carrying
Fair
Carrying
Fair
value
value
value
value
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance
 
for credit losses
Government and government-related
 
securities
 
$
175,268
$
174,211
$
183,593
$
182,478
Other debt securities
63,409
63,171
56,846
56,679
Total debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses
238,677
237,382
240,439
239,157
Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses
 
964,289
965,599
953,012
956,424
Total financial assets not carried at fair value
$
1,202,966
$
1,202,981
$
1,193,451
$
1,195,581
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Deposits
$
1,243,431
$
1,242,629
$
1,267,104
$
1,267,466
Securitization liabilities at amortized
 
cost
 
16,017
15,973
14,841
14,805
Subordinated notes and debentures
 
 
10,345
 
10,422
 
10,733
10,929
Total financial liabilities not carried at fair value
$
1,269,793
$
1,269,024
$
1,292,678
$
1,293,200
1
This table excludes financial assets and liabilities where the carrying value approximates their fair value.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 56
(b)
FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY
The following table presents the levels within
 
the fair value hierarchy for each of the assets
 
and liabilities measured at fair value on a
 
recurring basis as at
April 30, 2026 and October 31, 2025.
Fair Value Hierarchy for Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
FINANCIAL ASSETS AND COMMODITIES
Trading loans, securities, and other
1
Government and government-related securities
Canadian government debt
Federal
$
3,767
$
4,323
$
$
8,090
$
4,892
$
3,875
$
$
8,767
Provinces
 
5,939
5,939
4,537
4,537
U.S. federal, state, municipal governments,
 
and agencies debt
4,276
24,255
28,531
2,973
20,811
23,784
Other OECD
2
 
government-guaranteed debt
189
6,502
6,691
283
5,818
6,101
Mortgage-backed securities
794
794
768
768
Other debt securities
Canadian issuers
 
7,583
48
7,631
6,695
67
6,762
Other issuers
17,607
17,607
16,508
16,508
Equity securities
92,306
280
25
92,611
87,713
171
25
87,909
Trading loans
 
30,114
426
30,540
30,032
30,032
Commodities
31,805
1,441
33,246
33,446
1,521
34,967
Retained interests
1
1
 
132,343
98,838
499
231,680
129,307
90,737
92
220,136
Non-trading financial assets at fair value
 
through profit or loss
Securities
536
5,249
1,529
7,314
465
 
5,019
1,567
7,051
Loans
780
1
781
344
344
536
6,029
1,530
8,095
465
5,363
1,567
7,395
Derivatives
Interest rate contracts
 
6
9,749
11
9,766
6
 
10,990
8
11,004
Foreign exchange contracts
 
106
40,883
1
40,990
30
53,576
3
53,609
Credit contracts
 
87
87
44
44
Equity contracts
 
179
16,305
16,484
162
12,534
12,696
Commodity and other contracts
 
735
6,709
64
7,508
752
4,867
5,619
1,026
73,733
76
74,835
950
82,011
11
82,972
Financial assets designated at
fair value through profit or loss
Securities
1
7,299
7,299
 
6,986
6,986
7,299
7,299
6,986
6,986
Financial assets at fair value through other
 
comprehensive income
Government and government-related securities
Canadian government debt
Federal
129
17,010
17,139
100
15,791
15,891
Provinces
 
21,013
21,013
21,080
21,080
U.S. federal, state, municipal governments,
 
and agencies debt
500
53,965
54,465
851
53,641
54,492
Other OECD government-guaranteed debt
8,335
8,335
7,875
7,875
Mortgage-backed securities
1,840
1,840
1,896
1,896
Other debt securities
Asset-backed securities
8,327
8,327
8,709
8,709
Corporate and other debt
13,765
13,765
13,091
13,091
Equity securities
1,188
4
2,143
3,335
1,136
1,911
3,047
Loans
393
393
288
288
 
1,817
124,652
2,143
128,612
2,087
122,371
1,911
126,369
Securities purchased under reverse
repurchase agreements
6,901
6,901
7,574
7,574
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
 
 
39,150
 
158
 
39,308
 
37,609
273
37,882
Derivatives
 
Interest rate contracts
 
4
9,763
88
9,855
6
 
9,572
 
76
 
9,654
Foreign exchange contracts
 
75
33,505
2
33,582
24
42,496
5
42,525
Credit contracts
 
378
378
440
440
Equity contracts
 
23,570
107
23,677
19,528
155
19,683
Commodity and other contracts
 
1,190
5,822
28
7,040
806
6,193
55
7,054
1,269
73,038
225
74,532
836
78,229
291
 
79,356
Securitization liabilities at fair value
26,028
26,028
 
25,283
 
 
25,283
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
through profit or loss
222,499
4
222,503
 
197,633
 
2
 
197,635
Obligations related to securities sold short
1
 
13,866
28,427
42,293
15,342
 
28,453
 
 
43,795
Obligations related to securities sold
under repurchase agreements
11,106
11,106
11,557
11,557
1
Balances reflect the reduction of securities owned (long positions) by the amount of identical securities sold but
 
not yet purchased (short positions).
2
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 57
(c)
 
TRANSFERS BETWEEN FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY LEVELS FOR ASSETS
 
AND LIABILITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A RECURRING BASIS
The Bank’s policy is to record transfers of assets
 
and liabilities between the different levels of
 
the fair value hierarchy using the fair values
 
as at the end of each
reporting period. Assets and liabilities are
 
transferred between Level 1 and Level 2
 
depending on whether there is sufficient frequency
 
and volume in an active
market.
Transfers Between Fair Value Hierarchy Levels
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Level 1 to Level 2
Level 2 to Level 1
Level 1 to Level 2
Level 2 to Level 1
Trading loans, securities, and other
$
1,874
$
1,133
$
$
1,660
Financial assets at fair value through other
 
comprehensive
income
498
627
3,584
Obligations related to securities sold
 
short
2,040
906
1,856
For the six months ended
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Level 1 to Level 2
Level 2 to Level 1
Level 1 to Level 2
Level 2 to Level 1
Trading loans, securities, and other
$
4,054
$
1,641
$
$
1,972
Financial assets at fair value through other
 
comprehensive
income
1,008
629
3,586
Obligations related to securities sold
 
short
3,102
1,965
910
There were no significant transfers between
 
Level 2 and Level 3 during the three and
 
six months ended April 30,
 
2026 and April 30,
 
2025.
There were no significant changes to the unobservable
 
inputs and sensitivities for assets and liabilities
 
classified as Level 3 during the three and
 
six months ended
April 30, 2026 and April 30, 2025.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 58
(d)
RECONCILIATION OF CHANGES IN FAIR VALUE FOR LEVEL 3 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following tables set out changes in fair
 
value of all assets and liabilities measured
 
at fair value using significant Level 3 unobservable
 
inputs for the three and
six months ended April 30, 2026 and April 30,
 
2025.
Reconciliation of Changes in Fair Value for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Change in
unrealized
Fair
Total realized and
Fair
 
gains
value as at
unrealized gains (losses)
Movements
1
Transfers
value as at
 
(losses) on
February 1
Included
Included
Purchases/
Sales/
Into
Out of
April 30
instruments
2026
in income
2
in OCI
3,4
Issuances
 
Settlements
Level 3
Level 3
2026
still held
5
FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
Trading loans, securities,
 
and other
Other debt securities
$
67
$
$
$
$
(19)
$
1
$
(1)
$
48
$
(1)
Equity securities
23
2
25
Trading loans
179
(9)
256
426
 
 
269
(7)
256
(19)
1
(1)
499
 
(1)
Non-trading financial
assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Securities
1,622
39
(2)
50
(184)
4
1,529
22
Loans
1
1
1,622
39
(2)
51
(184)
4
1,530
22
Financial assets at fair value
through other
 
comprehensive income
Other debt securities
Equity securities
 
2,159
8
1
(25)
2,143
3
 
$
2,159
$
$
8
$
1
$
(25)
$
$
$
2,143
$
3
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
6
$
(224)
$
18
$
$
(6)
$
53
$
$
1
$
(158)
$
20
Derivatives
7
Interest rate contracts
 
(62)
(15)
(77)
 
(24)
Foreign exchange contracts
(1)
(1)
Equity contracts
(120)
19
(4)
(2)
(107)
18
Commodity and other contracts
(17)
25
4
24
36
25
 
(200)
29
4
(4)
24
(2)
(149)
 
19
Financial liabilities designated
at fair value through profit
or loss
 
(7)
(3)
6
(4)
 
6
Change in
unrealized
Fair
Total realized and
Fair
gains
value as at
unrealized gains (losses)
Movements
1
Transfers
value as at
(losses) on
November 1
Included
Included
Purchases/
Sales/
Into
Out of
April 30
instruments
2025
in income
2
in OCI
4
Issuances
Settlements
Level 3
Level 3
2026
still held
5
FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
Trading loans, securities,
 
and other
Other debt securities
$
67
$
(1)
$
$
$
(22)
$
5
$
(1)
$
48
$
(4)
Equity securities
25
25
Trading loans
(123)
549
426
 
 
92
(124)
549
(22)
5
(1)
499
 
(4)
Non-trading financial
assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Securities
1,567
43
(6)
119
(198)
4
1,529
32
Loans
1
1
1,567
43
(6)
120
(198)
4
1,530
32
Financial assets at fair value
through other
 
comprehensive income
Other debt securities
Equity securities
 
1,911
149
171
(88)
2,143
8
 
$
1,911
$
$
149
$
171
$
(88)
$
$
$
2,143
$
8
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
6
$
(273)
$
39
$
$
(6)
$
74
$
$
8
$
(158)
$
44
Derivatives
7
Interest rate contracts
 
(68)
(11)
2
(77)
(16)
Foreign exchange contracts
(2)
4
(3)
(1)
Equity contracts
(155)
21
(5)
1
31
(107)
27
Commodity and other contracts
(55)
64
4
(1)
24
36
76
 
(280)
78
4
(4)
25
28
(149)
87
Financial liabilities designated
at fair value through profit
or loss
 
(2)
(2)
(9)
9
(4)
(2)
1
Includes foreign exchange.
2
 
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities are recognized within Non-interest Income on the Interim Consolidated
 
Statement of Income.
3
 
Other comprehensive income (OCI).
4
 
Includes realized gains/losses transferred to retained earnings on disposal of equities designated at FVOCI. Refer
 
to Note 5 for further details.
5
 
Changes in unrealized gains/losses on financial assets at FVOCI are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive
 
income (AOCI).
6
 
Issuances and repurchases of trading deposits are reported on a gross basis.
7
 
Consists of derivative assets of $
76
 
million (January 31, 2026/February 1, 2026 – $
25
 
million; October 31, 2025/November 1, 2025 – $
11
 
million) and derivative liabilities of $
225
 
million
(January 31, 2026/February 1, 2026 – $
225
 
million; October 31, 2025/November 1, 2025 – $
291
 
million) which have been netted in this table for presentation purposes only.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 59
Reconciliation of Changes in Fair Value for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Change in
unrealized
Fair
Total realized and
Fair
gains
value as at
unrealized gains (losses)
Movements
1
Transfers
value as at
(losses) on
February 1
Included
Included
Purchases/
Sales/
Into
Out of
April 30
instruments
2025
in income
2
in OCI
3
Issuances
 
Settlements
Level 3
Level 3
2025
still held
4
FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
Trading loans, securities,
 
and other
Other debt securities
$
11
$
$
$
$
(7)
$
2
$
$
6
$
Equity securities
8
20
28
 
 
19
20
(7)
2
34
 
Non-trading financial
assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Securities
1,287
(40)
39
(20)
(13)
1,253
(43)
1,287
(40)
39
(20)
(13)
1,253
(43)
Financial assets at fair value
through other
 
comprehensive income
Other debt securities
3
(3)
(3)
Equity securities
 
3,174
3
1
(370)
2,808
(357)
 
$
3,177
$
$
3
$
1
$
(373)
$
$
$
2,808
$
(360)
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
5
$
(459)
$
24
$
$
(52)
$
103
$
$
$
(384)
$
27
Derivatives
6
Interest rate contracts
 
(155)
74
(81)
 
68
Foreign exchange contracts
21
(23)
(1)
2
(1)
(8)
Equity contracts
(29)
(98)
(4)
(131)
(95)
Commodity and other contracts
(4)
(16)
(20)
(12)
 
(167)
(63)
(1)
(2)
(233)
 
(47)
Financial liabilities designated
at fair value through profit
or loss
 
(1)
7
(7)
(1)
 
7
 
Change in
unrealized
Fair
Total realized and
Fair
gains
value as at
unrealized gains (losses)
Movements
1
Transfers
value as at
(losses) on
November 1
Included
Included
Purchases/
Sales/
Into
Out of
April 30
instruments
2024
in income
2
in OCI
3
Issuances
Settlements
Level 3
Level 3
2025
still held
4
FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
Trading loans, securities,
 
and other
Other debt securities
$
26
$
$
$
$
(22)
$
2
$
$
6
$
Equity securities
 
12
1
22
(7)
28
 
 
38
1
22
(29)
2
34
 
Non-trading financial
assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Securities
1,233
(14)
54
(37)
30
(13)
1,253
(30)
1,233
(14)
54
(37)
30
(13)
1,253
(30)
Financial assets at fair value
through other
 
comprehensive income
Other debt securities
7
(7)
Equity securities
 
3,355
3
3
(553)
2,808
 
$
3,362
$
$
3
$
3
$
(560)
$
$
$
2,808
$
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
5
$
(505)
$
28
$
$
(124)
$
217
$
$
$
(384)
$
34
Derivatives
6
Interest rate contracts
 
(158)
67
10
(81)
 
70
Foreign exchange contracts
1
(16)
3
9
2
(1)
(5)
Equity contracts
(24)
(103)
(2)
(2)
(131)
(102)
Commodity and other contracts
(10)
(10)
(20)
(9)
 
(191)
(62)
11
7
2
(233)
 
(46)
Financial liabilities designated
at fair value through profit
or loss
 
(24)
6
(14)
31
(1)
 
6
1
Includes foreign exchange.
2
 
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities are recognized within Non-interest Income on the Interim Consolidated
 
Statement of Income.
3
 
Includes realized gains/losses transferred to retained earnings on disposal of equities designated at FVOCI. Refer
 
to Note 5 for further details.
4
 
Changes in unrealized gains/losses on financial assets at FVOCI are recognized in AOCI.
5
 
Issuances and repurchases of trading deposits are reported on a gross basis.
6
 
Consists of derivative assets of $
32
 
million (January 31, 2025/February 1, 2025 – $
38
 
million; October 31, 2024/November 1, 2024 – $
30
 
million) and derivative liabilities of $
265
 
million
(January 31, 2025/February 1, 2025 – $
205
 
million; October 31, 2024/November 1, 2024 – $
221
 
million) which have been netted in this table for presentation purposes only.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 60
NOTE 5: SECURITIES
 
(a)
UNREALIZED SECURITIES GAINS (LOSSES)
The following table summarizes the unrealized
 
gains and losses as at April 30, 2026
 
and October 31, 2025.
Unrealized Gains (Losses) for Securities
 
at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Cost/
Gross
Gross
Cost/
Gross
Gross
amortized
unrealized
unrealized
Fair
amortized
unrealized
unrealized
Fair
cost
1
gains
(losses)
value
cost
1
gains
(losses)
value
Government and government-related
securities
Canadian government debt
Federal
 
$
17,159
$
42
$
(62)
$
17,139
$
15,956
$
23
$
(88)
$
15,891
Provinces
20,849
168
(4)
21,013
20,971
120
(11)
21,080
U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and
 
 
 
 
 
agencies debt
 
54,282
272
(89)
54,465
54,279
267
(54)
54,492
Other OECD government-guaranteed debt
8,311
25
(1)
8,335
7,864
15
(4)
7,875
Mortgage-backed securities
1,823
18
(1)
1,840
1,869
29
(2)
1,896
102,424
525
(157)
102,792
100,939
454
(159)
101,234
Other debt securities
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities
8,316
22
(11)
8,327
8,713
11
(15)
8,709
Corporate and other debt
13,720
76
(31)
13,765
13,011
106
(26)
13,091
22,036
98
(42)
22,092
21,724
117
(41)
21,800
Total debt securities
124,460
623
(199)
124,884
122,663
571
(200)
123,034
Equity securities
 
 
 
 
Common shares
2,401
253
(30)
2,624
2,332
226
(22)
2,536
Preferred shares
705
85
(79)
711
523
67
(79)
511
3,106
338
(109)
3,335
2,855
293
(101)
3,047
Total securities at fair value through
 
 
 
 
 
 
other comprehensive income
$
127,566
$
961
$
(308)
$
128,219
$
125,518
$
864
$
(301)
$
126,081
1
Includes the foreign exchange translation of amortized cost balances at the period-end spot rate.
(b)
EQUITY SECURITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
The Bank designated certain equity securities
 
at FVOCI.
The following table summarizes the fair
 
value of equity securities designated at
 
FVOCI as at
April 30, 2026 and October 31, 2025, and dividend
 
income recognized on these securities
 
for the three and six months ended April 30,
 
2026 and April 30, 2025.
Equity Securities Designated at Fair Value Through
 
Other Comprehensive Income
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Fair value
 
Dividend income recognized
 
Dividend income recognized
 
Common shares
$
2,624
$
2,536
$
32
$
88
$
52
$
115
 
Preferred shares
711
511
29
35
65
74
Total
$
3,335
$
3,047
$
61
$
123
$
117
$
189
The Bank disposed of certain equity securities
 
in line with the Bank’s investment strategy
 
and disposed of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)
 
stock in accordance
with FHLB member stockholding requirements,
 
as follows:
 
Equity Securities Net Realized Gains
 
(Losses)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Equity Securities
Fair value
$
118
$
62
$
209
$
126
Cumulative realized gain/(loss)
29
(26)
48
(20)
FHLB Stock
Fair value
21
219
31
537
 
Cumulative realized gain/(loss)
(c)
DEBT SECURITIES NET REALIZED GAINS
 
(LOSSES)
The Bank disposed of certain debt securities
 
measured at amortized cost and FVOCI
 
during the quarter.
The following table summarizes the net realized
 
gains
and losses on securities disposed of during
 
the three and six months ended April 30, 2026
 
and April 30, 2025, which are included
 
in Other income (loss) on the
Interim Consolidated Statement of Income.
Debt Securities Net Realized Gains (Losses)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
1
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
1
Debt securities at amortized cost
$
1
$
(285)
$
$
(1,196)
Debt securities at fair value through other
 
comprehensive income
(2)
3
2
(6)
Total
$
(1)
$
(282)
$
2
$
(1,202)
1
Includes $
284
 
million (US$
199
 
million) and $
1,207
 
million (US$
848
 
million), respectively, for the three and six months
 
ended April 30, 2025 of pre-tax losses on debt securities related to
the balance sheet restructuring initiative undertaken in the U.S. Banking segment. Refer to Note 25 of the Bank’s
 
2025 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
information regarding the asset limitation on TD’s two U.S. bank subsidiaries.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 61
(d)
CREDIT QUALITY OF DEBT SECURITIES
The Bank evaluates non-retail credit risk
 
on an individual borrower basis, using both
 
a borrower risk rating (BRR) and facility
 
risk rating, as detailed in the shaded
area of the “Managing Risk” section of the 2025
 
MD&A. This system is used to assess all non-retail
 
exposures, including debt securities.
 
The following table provides the gross carrying
 
amounts of debt securities measured at amortized
 
cost and debt securities at FVOCI by internal
 
risk rating for credit
risk management purposes, presenting
 
separately those debt securities that are
 
subject to Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage 3
 
allowances. Refer to the “Allowance
 
for
Credit Losses” table in Note 6 for details regarding
 
the allowance and provision for credit losses
 
on debt securities.
 
Debt Securities by Risk Rating
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Debt securities
1
Investment grade
$
362,249
$
$
n/a
2
$
362,249
$
362,521
$
$
n/a
$
362,521
Non-investment grade
1,154
120
n/a
1,274
738
167
n/a
905
Watch and classified
n/a
40
n/a
40
n/a
49
n/a
49
Default
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Total debt securities
363,403
160
363,563
363,259
216
363,475
Allowance for credit losses on debt securities
at amortized cost
2
2
2
2
Total debt securities, net of
 
allowance
$
363,401
$
160
$
$
363,561
$
363,257
$
216
$
$
363,473
1
Includes debt securities backed by government-guaranteed loans of $
118
 
million (October 31, 2025 – $
94
 
million), which are reported in Non-investment grade or a lower risk rating
based on the issuer’s credit risk.
2
 
Not applicable.
As at April 30, 2026, total debt securities, net
 
of allowance, in the table above, include
 
debt securities measured at amortized
 
cost, net of allowance, of
$
238,677
 
million (October 31, 2025 – $
240,439
 
million), and debt securities measured at
 
FVOCI of $
124,884
 
million (October 31, 2025 – $
123,034
 
million). The
difference between probability-weighted ECLs
 
and base ECLs on debt securities at
 
FVOCI and at amortized cost as at both
 
April 30, 2026 and October 31, 2025,
was insignificant.
NOTE 6: LOANS, IMPAIRED LOANS, AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
 
(a)
LOANS
The following table provides details regarding
 
the Bank’s loans as at April 30, 2026 and October
 
31, 2025.
 
Loans
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Residential mortgages
$
299,994
$
315,063
Consumer instalment and other personal
274,675
259,033
Credit card
40,802
41,662
Business and government
357,237
345,943
 
972,708
961,701
Loans at FVOCI
1
393
288
Total loans
973,101
961,989
Total allowance for loan losses
8,419
8,689
Total loans, net of allowance
$
964,682
$
953,300
1
Included in Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income on the Interim Consolidated Balance
 
Sheet.
Business and government loans and loans
 
at FVOCI are grouped together as reflected
 
below for presentation in the “Loans by
 
Risk Ratings” table.
 
Loans – Business and Government
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Loans at amortized cost
$
357,237
$
345,943
Loans at FVOCI
1
393
288
Loans
357,630
346,231
Allowance for loan losses
3,577
3,847
Loans, net of allowance
$
354,053
$
342,384
1
Included in Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income on the Interim Consolidated Balance
 
Sheet.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 62
(b)
CREDIT QUALITY OF LOANS
In the retail portfolio, including individuals and
 
small businesses, the Bank manages exposures
 
on a pooled basis, using predictive credit
 
scoring techniques. For
non-retail exposures, each borrower is assigned
 
a BRR that reflects the probability of default
 
(PD)
 
of the borrower using proprietary industry
 
and sector specific
risk models and expert judgment. Refer to
 
the shaded areas of the “Managing Risk”
 
section of the 2025 MD&A for further
 
details, including the mapping of PD
ranges to risk levels for retail exposures
 
as well as the Bank’s 21-point BRR scale
 
to risk levels and external ratings for non-retail
 
exposures.
 
The following table provides the gross carrying
 
amounts of loans and credit risk exposures
 
on loan commitments and financial guarantee
 
contracts by internal risk
rating for credit risk management purposes,
 
presenting separately those that are
 
subject to Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage 3
 
allowances.
 
Loans by Risk Rating
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Residential mortgages
1,2,3
Low Risk
$
203,804
$
893
$
n/a
$
204,697
$
221,168
$
765
$
n/a
$
221,933
Normal Risk
69,586
9,952
n/a
79,538
70,217
8,391
n/a
78,608
Medium Risk
527
10,047
n/a
10,574
351
9,490
n/a
9,841
High Risk
374
3,786
344
4,504
3
3,700
391
4,094
Default
n/a
n/a
681
681
n/a
n/a
587
587
Total loans
274,291
24,678
1,025
299,994
291,739
22,346
978
315,063
Allowance for loan losses
101
223
96
420
102
175
80
357
Loans, net of allowance
274,190
24,455
929
299,574
291,637
22,171
898
314,706
Consumer instalment and other personal
4
 
 
Low Risk
119,366
2,558
n/a
121,924
110,513
2,588
n/a
113,101
Normal Risk
84,273
16,071
n/a
100,344
75,881
19,812
n/a
95,693
Medium Risk
30,455
7,199
n/a
37,654
29,757
6,792
n/a
36,549
High Risk
6,045
7,571
475
14,091
5,407
7,209
448
13,064
Default
n/a
n/a
662
662
n/a
n/a
626
626
Total loans
240,139
33,399
1,137
274,675
221,558
36,401
1,074
259,033
Allowance for loan losses
697
1,171
275
2,143
699
1,220
274
2,193
Loans, net of allowance
239,442
32,228
862
272,532
220,859
35,181
800
256,840
Credit card
 
 
 
Low Risk
6,372
4
n/a
6,376
8,011
4
n/a
8,015
Normal Risk
12,024
108
n/a
12,132
12,222
119
n/a
12,341
Medium Risk
13,264
899
n/a
14,163
12,780
902
n/a
13,682
High Risk
2,913
4,665
388
7,966
2,727
4,329
419
7,475
Default
n/a
n/a
165
165
n/a
n/a
149
149
Total loans
34,573
5,676
553
40,802
35,740
5,354
568
41,662
Allowance for loan losses
738
1,093
448
2,279
743
1,089
460
2,292
Loans, net of allowance
33,835
4,583
105
38,523
34,997
4,265
108
39,370
Business and government
1,2,3,5
 
 
 
Investment grade or Low/Normal Risk
147,440
164
n/a
147,604
139,518
152
n/a
139,670
Non-investment grade or Medium Risk
180,474
12,222
n/a
192,696
173,836
13,289
n/a
187,125
Watch and classified or High Risk
670
14,094
112
14,876
538
16,098
77
16,713
Default
n/a
n/a
2,454
2,454
n/a
n/a
2,723
2,723
Total loans
328,584
26,480
2,566
357,630
313,892
29,539
2,800
346,231
Allowance for loan losses
1,200
1,666
711
3,577
1,195
1,878
774
3,847
Loans, net of allowance
327,384
24,814
1,855
354,053
312,697
27,661
2,026
342,384
Total loans
877,587
90,233
5,281
973,101
862,929
93,640
5,420
961,989
Total allowance for loan losses
2,736
4,153
1,530
8,419
2,739
4,362
1,588
8,689
Total loans, net of allowance
$
874,851
$
86,080
$
3,751
$
964,682
$
860,190
$
89,278
$
3,832
$
953,300
1
Includes impaired loans with a balance of $
230
 
million (October 31, 2025 – $
273
 
million) which did not have a related allowance for loan losses as the realizable value of the collateral
exceeded the loan amount.
2
Excludes trading loans and non-trading loans at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) with a fair value of $
31
 
billion (October 31, 2025 – $
30
 
billion) and $
0.8
 
billion (October 31, 2025
– $
0.3
 
billion), respectively.
3
Includes insured mortgages of $
67
 
billion (October 31, 2025 – $
69
 
billion).
4
 
Includes Canadian government-insured real estate personal loans of $
5
 
billion (October 31, 2025 – $
5
 
billion).
5
Includes loans guaranteed by government agencies of $
24
 
billion (October 31, 2025 – $
24
 
billion), which are primarily reported in Non-investment grade or a lower risk rating based on
the borrowers’ credit risk.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 63
Loans by Risk Rating
(Continued)
 
– Off-Balance Sheet Credit Instruments
1
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Retail Exposures
2
 
 
 
Low Risk
$
305,100
$
1,331
$
n/a
$
306,431
$
318,759
$
1,464
$
n/a
$
320,223
Normal Risk
71,565
1,227
n/a
72,792
62,564
1,147
n/a
63,711
Medium Risk
17,272
1,155
n/a
18,427
16,381
1,295
n/a
17,676
High Risk
1,422
1,203
2,625
1,282
1,092
2,374
Default
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Non-Retail Exposures
3
Investment grade
326,904
n/a
326,904
319,274
n/a
319,274
Non-investment grade
104,133
5,558
n/a
109,691
103,936
5,710
n/a
109,646
Watch and classified
756
4,198
4,954
150
4,905
5,055
Default
n/a
n/a
274
274
n/a
n/a
343
343
Total off-balance sheet credit
instruments
827,152
14,672
274
842,098
822,346
15,613
343
838,302
Allowance for off-balance sheet credit
 
instruments
472
553
5
1,030
470
566
16
1,052
Total off-balance sheet credit
instruments, net of allowance
$
826,680
$
14,119
$
269
$
841,068
$
821,876
$
15,047
$
327
$
837,250
1
Excludes mortgage commitments.
2
 
Includes $
397
 
billion (October 31, 2025 – $
401
 
billion) of personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank’s
 
discretion at any time.
3
 
Includes $
68
 
billion (October 31, 2025 – $
67
 
billion) of the undrawn component of uncommitted credit and liquidity facilities.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 64
(c)
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The following table provides details on
 
the Bank’s allowance for credit losses as at and
 
for the three and six months ended April 30,
 
2026
 
and April 30,
 
2025,
including allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
 
in the applicable categories.
 
Allowance for Credit Losses
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Foreign
Foreign
 
 
 
exchange,
 
 
 
 
exchange,
 
Balance at
Provision
 
Write-offs,
disposals,
Balance
Balance at
Provision
 
Write-offs,
disposals,
Balance
beginning
for credit
net of
and other
at end of
beginning
for credit
net of
and other
at end of
of period
losses
recoveries
adjustments
period
of period
losses
recoveries
adjustments
period
 
For the three months ended
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Residential mortgages
$
383
$
38
$
(1)
$
$
420
$
368
$
(14)
$
$
(6)
$
348
Consumer instalment and other
personal
2,207
327
(318)
(1)
2,215
2,189
380
(307)
(41)
2,221
Credit card
2,796
396
(411)
2
2,783
2,797
451
(435)
(97)
2,716
Business and government
4,211
239
(394)
(25)
4,031
4,240
523
(360)
(104)
4,299
Total allowance for loan losses,
including off-balance sheet
instruments
9,597
1,000
(1,124)
(24)
9,449
9,594
1,340
(1,102)
(248)
9,584
Debt securities at amortized cost
2
2
3
3
Debt securities at FVOCI
2
1
3
1
1
2
Total allowance for credit
losses on debt securities
4
1
5
4
1
5
Total allowance for credit losses
$
9,601
$
1,001
$
(1,124)
$
(24)
$
9,454
$
9,598
$
1,341
$
(1,102)
$
(248)
$
9,589
Comprising:
Allowance for credit losses on
loans at amortized cost
$
8,566
 
 
 
$
8,419
$
8,654
 
 
 
$
8,613
Allowance for credit losses on
loans at FVOCI
1
1
Allowance for loan losses
8,567
8,419
8,655
8,613
Allowance for off-balance sheet
instruments
1,030
1,030
939
971
 
 
Allowance for credit losses on
 
debt securities
4
5
4
5
For the six months ended
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Residential mortgages
$
357
$
69
$
(4)
$
(2)
$
420
$
365
$
(15)
$
(1)
$
(1)
$
348
Consumer instalment and other
personal
2,273
628
(661)
(25)
2,215
2,133
736
(641)
(7)
2,221
Credit card
2,790
879
(831)
(55)
2,783
2,699
901
(871)
(13)
2,716
Business and government
4,321
463
(630)
(123)
4,031
3,940
930
(546)
(25)
4,299
Total allowance for loan losses,
including off-balance sheet
instruments
9,741
2,039
(2,126)
(205)
9,449
9,137
2,552
(2,059)
(46)
9,584
Debt securities at amortized cost
2
2
3
3
Debt securities at FVOCI
2
1
3
1
1
2
Total allowance for credit
losses on debt securities
4
1
5
4
1
5
Total allowance for credit losses
$
9,745
$
2,040
$
(2,126)
$
(205)
$
9,454
$
9,141
$
2,553
$
(2,059)
$
(46)
$
9,589
Comprising:
Allowance for credit losses on
loans at amortized cost
$
8,689
 
 
 
$
8,419
$
8,094
 
 
 
$
8,613
Allowance for credit losses on
loans at FVOCI
Allowance for loan losses
8,689
8,419
8,094
8,613
Allowance for off-balance sheet
instruments
1,052
1,030
1,043
971
 
 
Allowance for credit losses on
 
debt securities
4
5
4
5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 65
(d)
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES BY STAGE
The following table provides details on
 
the Bank’s allowance for loan losses by stage as
 
at and for the three months ended April 30,
 
2026 and April 30, 2025.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Residential Mortgages
Balance at beginning of period
$
103
$
194
$
86
$
383
$
114
$
181
$
73
$
368
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
1
23
(21)
(2)
22
(20)
(2)
Transfer to Stage 2
(13)
21
(8)
(7)
17
(10)
Transfer to Stage 3
(10)
10
(8)
8
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
2
(5)
4
(1)
(5)
4
(1)
New originations or purchases
3
5
n/a
n/a
5
5
n/a
n/a
5
Net repayments
4
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(2)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
5
(1)
(5)
(9)
(15)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(18)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
6
(10)
41
20
51
(15)
8
9
2
Disposals
Write-offs
(3)
(3)
(1)
(1)
Recoveries
2
2
1
1
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(2)
(1)
(3)
(6)
Balance at end of period
$
101
$
223
$
96
$
420
$
106
$
174
$
68
$
348
Consumer Instalment and Other Personal
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
721
$
1,211
$
275
$
2,207
$
683
$
1,224
$
282
$
2,189
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
1
186
(184)
(2)
139
(137)
(2)
Transfer to Stage 2
(65)
87
(22)
(60)
85
(25)
Transfer to Stage 3
(3)
(79)
82
(2)
(76)
78
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
2
(82)
72
3
(7)
(61)
72
2
13
New originations or purchases
3
81
n/a
n/a
81
76
n/a
n/a
76
Net repayments
4
(23)
(28)
(4)
(55)
(20)
(29)
(4)
(53)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
5
(23)
(26)
(11)
(60)
(21)
(27)
(10)
(58)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
6
(72)
168
272
368
(46)
179
269
402
Disposals
Write-offs
(401)
(401)
(399)
(399)
Recoveries
83
83
92
92
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(1)
(1)
(15)
(21)
(5)
(41)
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
720
1,220
275
2,215
673
1,270
278
2,221
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
7
23
49
72
24
52
76
Balance at end of period
$
697
$
1,171
$
275
$
2,143
$
649
$
1,218
$
278
$
2,145
Credit Card
8
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
950
$
1,395
$
451
$
2,796
$
927
$
1,372
$
498
$
2,797
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
1
252
(243)
(9)
235
(224)
(11)
Transfer to Stage 2
(92)
116
(24)
(82)
105
(23)
Transfer to Stage 3
(7)
(271)
278
(6)
(286)
292
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
2
(101)
128
7
34
(78)
113
6
41
New originations or purchases
3
48
n/a
n/a
48
38
n/a
n/a
38
Net repayments
4
(10)
(3)
17
4
(12)
(1)
20
7
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
5
(12)
(27)
(106)
(145)
(9)
(21)
(104)
(134)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
6
(87)
298
244
455
(28)
302
225
499
Disposals
Write-offs
(529)
(529)
(532)
(532)
Recoveries
118
118
97
97
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
1
1
2
(32)
(46)
(19)
(97)
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
941
1,394
448
2,783
953
1,314
449
2,716
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
7
203
301
504
210
289
499
Balance at end of period
$
738
$
1,093
$
448
$
2,279
$
743
$
1,025
$
449
$
2,217
1
Transfers represent stage transfer movements prior to ECL remeasurement.
 
2
 
Represents the mechanical remeasurement between twelve-month (i.e., Stage 1) and lifetime ECLs (i.e., Stage 2
 
or 3) due to stage transfers necessitated by credit risk migration, as
described in the “Significant Increase in Credit Risk” section of Note 2 and Note 3 of the Bank’s 2025
 
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements, holding all other factors impacting the
change in ECLs constant.
 
3
 
Represents the increase in the allowance resulting from loans that were newly originated, purchased, or renewed.
4
 
Represents the changes in the allowance related to cash flow changes associated with new draws or repayments
 
on loans outstanding.
 
5
 
Represents the decrease in the allowance resulting from loans that were fully repaid and excludes the decrease
 
associated with loans that were disposed or fully written off.
6
 
Represents the changes in the allowance related to current period changes in risk (e.g.,
 
PD) caused by changes to macroeconomic factors, level of risk, parameters,
 
and/or models,
subsequent to stage migration. Refer to the “Measurement of Expected Credit Losses”, “Forward-Looking Information
 
 
and “Expert Credit Judgment”
 
sections of Note 2 and Note 3 of the
Bank’s 2025 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 
7
 
The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
8
 
Credit cards are considered impaired and migrate to Stage 3 when they are 90 days past due and written off
 
at 180 days past due. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s 2025 Annual
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 66
Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage
(Continued)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Business and Government
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
1,418
$
1,905
$
888
$
4,211
$
1,272
$
1,997
$
971
$
4,240
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
1
81
(81)
66
(63)
(3)
Transfer to Stage 2
(145)
148
(3)
(161)
176
(15)
Transfer to Stage 3
(2)
(62)
64
(1)
(72)
73
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
1
(28)
34
2
8
(18)
45
27
New originations or purchases
1
376
n/a
n/a
376
314
n/a
n/a
314
Net repayments
1
(46)
(42)
(88)
(2)
(5)
(76)
(83)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
1
(205)
(194)
(186)
(585)
(160)
(199)
(46)
(405)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
1
(43)
169
402
528
57
311
302
670
Disposals
(5)
(5)
Write-offs
(407)
(407)
(383)
(383)
Recoveries
13
13
23
23
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(6)
(4)
(10)
(20)
(39)
(56)
(9)
(104)
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
1,446
1,869
716
4,031
1,328
2,134
837
4,299
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
2
246
203
5
454
181
211
4
396
Balance at end of period
1,200
1,666
711
3,577
1,147
1,923
833
3,903
Total Allowance, including
 
off-balance sheet
 
instruments, at end of period
3,208
4,706
1,535
9,449
3,060
4,892
1,632
9,584
Less: Total Allowance for
 
off-balance sheet
 
instruments
2
472
553
5
1,030
415
552
4
971
Total Allowance for Loan Losses
 
at end of period
$
2,736
$
4,153
$
1,530
$
8,419
$
2,645
$
4,340
$
1,628
$
8,613
1
For explanations regarding this line item, refer to the “Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage” table on the previous
 
page in this Note.
2
 
The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 67
The following table provides details on
 
the Bank’s allowance for loan losses by stage as
 
at and for the six months ended April 30, 2026
 
and April 30, 2025.
Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the six months ended
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Residential Mortgages
Balance at beginning of period
$
102
$
175
$
80
$
357
$
116
$
189
$
60
$
365
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
1
47
(44)
(3)
57
(54)
(3)
Transfer to Stage 2
(21)
36
(15)
(13)
28
(15)
Transfer to Stage 3
(20)
20
(19)
19
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
2
(11)
9
(2)
(12)
8
(4)
New originations or purchases
3
11
n/a
n/a
11
12
n/a
n/a
12
Net repayments
4
(2)
(2)
(4)
(2)
(2)
(4)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
5
(2)
(10)
(18)
(30)
(9)
(10)
(13)
(32)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
6
(22)
79
37
94
(43)
34
22
13
Disposals
Write-offs
(7)
(7)
(2)
(2)
Recoveries
3
3
1
1
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(1)
Balance at end of period
$
101
$
223
$
96
$
420
$
106
$
174
$
68
$
348
Consumer Instalment and Other Personal
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
724
$
1,275
$
274
$
2,273
$
696
$
1,175
$
262
$
2,133
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
1
388
(385)
(3)
324
(321)
(3)
Transfer to Stage 2
(125)
167
(42)
(124)
172
(48)
Transfer to Stage 3
(6)
(157)
163
(5)
(149)
154
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
2
(166)
142
6
(18)
(143)
148
4
9
New originations or purchases
3
173
n/a
n/a
173
160
n/a
n/a
160
Net repayments
4
(46)
(54)
(9)
(109)
(42)
(54)
(8)
(104)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
5
(45)
(55)
(24)
(124)
(42)
(57)
(20)
(119)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
6
(168)
300
574
706
(148)
360
578
790
Disposals
Write-offs
(822)
(822)
(811)
(811)
Recoveries
161
161
170
170
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(9)
(13)
(3)
(25)
(3)
(4)
(7)
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
720
1,220
275
2,215
673
1,270
278
2,221
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
7
23
49
72
24
52
76
Balance at end of period
$
697
$
1,171
$
275
$
2,143
$
649
$
1,218
$
278
$
2,145
Credit Card
8
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
944
$
1,386
$
460
$
2,790
$
947
$
1,374
$
378
$
2,699
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
1
533
(514)
(19)
720
(698)
(22)
Transfer to Stage 2
(183)
232
(49)
(168)
212
(44)
Transfer to Stage 3
(16)
(544)
560
(11)
(528)
539
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
2
(210)
250
16
56
(300)
225
13
(62)
New originations or purchases
3
96
n/a
n/a
96
74
n/a
n/a
74
Net repayments
4
5
34
39
6
3
38
47
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
5
(23)
(56)
(223)
(302)
(36)
(43)
(179)
(258)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
6
(185)
663
512
990
(275)
775
600
1,100
Disposals
Write-offs
(1,058)
(1,058)
(1,061)
(1,061)
Recoveries
227
227
190
190
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(20)
(23)
(12)
(55)
(4)
(6)
(3)
(13)
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
941
1,394
448
2,783
953
1,314
449
2,716
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
7
203
301
504
210
289
499
Balance at end of period
$
738
$
1,093
$
448
$
2,279
$
743
$
1,025
$
449
$
2,217
1
Transfers represent stage transfer movements prior to ECL remeasurement.
 
2
 
Represents the mechanical remeasurement between twelve-month (i.e., Stage 1) and lifetime ECLs (i.e., Stage 2
 
or 3) due to stage transfers necessitated by credit risk migration, as
described in the “Significant Increase in Credit Risk” section of Note 2 and Note 3 of the Bank’s 2025
 
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements, holding all other factors impacting the
change in ECLs constant.
 
3
 
Represents the increase in the allowance resulting from loans that were newly originated, purchased, or renewed.
4
 
Represents the changes in the allowance related to cash flow changes associated with new draws or repayments
 
on loans outstanding.
 
5
 
Represents the decrease in the allowance resulting from loans that were fully repaid and excludes the decrease
 
associated with loans that were disposed or fully written off.
6
 
Represents the changes in the allowance related to current period changes in risk (e.g.,
 
PD) caused by changes to macroeconomic factors, level of risk, parameters,
 
and/or models,
subsequent to stage migration. Refer to the “Measurement of Expected Credit Losses”, “Forward-Looking Information
 
 
and “Expert Credit Judgment”
 
sections of Note 2 and Note 3 of the
Bank’s 2025 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 
7
 
The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
8
 
Credit cards are considered impaired and migrate to Stage 3 when they are 90 days past due and written off
 
at 180 days past due. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s 2025 Annual
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 68
Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage
(Continued)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the six months ended
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Business and Government
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
1,439
$
2,092
$
790
$
4,321
$
1,150
$
1,937
$
853
$
3,940
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
1
174
(174)
154
(151)
(3)
Transfer to Stage 2
(283)
290
(7)
(314)
334
(20)
Transfer to Stage 3
(4)
(213)
217
(4)
(224)
228
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
1
(59)
79
1
21
(46)
103
1
58
New originations or purchases
1
795
n/a
n/a
795
614
n/a
n/a
614
Net repayments
1
7
(77)
(144)
(214)
15
(24)
(86)
(95)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
1
(472)
(449)
(288)
(1,209)
(329)
(395)
(122)
(846)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
1
(135)
364
841
1,070
86
561
552
1,199
Disposals
(27)
(27)
(9)
(9)
Write-offs
(663)
(663)
(585)
(585)
Recoveries
33
33
39
39
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(16)
(43)
(37)
(96)
2
(7)
(11)
(16)
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
1,446
1,869
716
4,031
1,328
2,134
837
4,299
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
2
246
203
5
454
181
211
4
396
Balance at end of period
1,200
1,666
711
3,577
1,147
1,923
833
3,903
Total Allowance, including
 
off-balance sheet
 
instruments, at end of period
3,208
4,706
1,535
9,449
3,060
4,892
1,632
9,584
Less: Total Allowance for
 
off-balance sheet
 
instruments
2
472
553
5
1,030
415
552
4
971
Total Allowance for Loan Losses
 
at end of period
$
2,736
$
4,153
$
1,530
$
8,419
$
2,645
$
4,340
$
1,628
$
8,613
1
For explanations regarding this line item, refer to the “Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage” table on the previous
 
page in this Note.
2
 
The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
The allowance for credit losses on all remaining
 
financial assets is not significant.
(e)
 
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
Relevant macroeconomic factors are incorporated
 
in risk parameters as appropriate. Additional
 
risk factors that are industry or segment
 
specific are also
incorporated, where relevant. The key macroeconomic
 
variables used in determining ECLs include
 
regional unemployment rates for all retail exposures
 
and
regional housing price indices for residential
 
mortgages and home equity lines of credit.
 
For business and government loans,
 
the key macroeconomic variables
include gross domestic product (GDP), unemployment
 
rates, interest rates, and credit spreads.
 
Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s 2025 Annual
 
Consolidated Financial
Statements for a discussion of how forward-looking
 
information is generated and considered
 
in determining whether there has been a
 
significant increase in credit
risk and in measuring ECLs.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 69
Macroeconomic Variables
Select macroeconomic variables are projected
 
over the forecast period.
The following table sets out average values
 
of the macroeconomic variables over
 
the four
calendar quarters starting with the current
 
quarter, and the remaining 4-year forecast period for the base
 
forecast and upside and downside scenarios
 
used in
determining the Bank’s ECLs as at April 30, 2026.
 
As the forecast period increases, information
 
about the future becomes less readily
 
available and projections
are anchored on assumptions around structural
 
relationships between economic parameters
 
that are inherently much less certain.
 
The ongoing conflict in the
Middle East and resulting energy shock poses
 
a new headwind for the economic outlook
 
which comes on top of still-elevated trade
 
uncertainty. Accordingly, our
baseline forecast reflects some tempering
 
in economic growth and upward adjustment
 
to unemployment rates. Any further escalation
 
in trade tensions or a more
prolonged Middle East conflict that results in
 
persistently elevated energy prices would
 
pose a further downside risk to the economic
 
outlook. However, the Bank’s
Canadian and U.S. downside scenarios reflect
 
a recession and help capture these risks
 
accordingly through its allowance process.
Macroeconomic Variables
As at
April 30, 2026
Base Forecast
Upside Scenario
Downside Scenario
Average
Remaining
Average
Remaining
Average
Remaining
Q2 2026-
4-year
Q2 2026-
4-year
Q2 2026-
4-year
Q1 2027
1
period
1
Q1 2027
1
period
1
Q1 2027
1
period
1
 
Unemployment rate
Canada
6.6
%
6.0
%
6.1
%
5.6
%
7.6
%
7.2
%
United States
4.3
4.0
4.1
3.8
5.5
5.4
Real GDP
Canada
1.3
1.8
1.7
1.9
(0.7)
2.1
United States
2.3
2.0
2.6
2.4
(0.2)
2.5
Home prices
Canada (average existing price)
2
3.7
2.4
4.3
(6.3)
3.0
United States (CoreLogic HPI)
3
2.8
3.5
3.2
4.1
(6.1)
4.4
Central bank policy interest rate
Canada
2.25
2.25
2.50
2.50
1.13
1.42
United States
3.44
3.25
3.75
3.75
2.06
2.30
U.S. 10-year treasury yield
4.16
4.10
4.47
4.57
3.67
3.68
U.S. 10-year BBB spread (%-pts)
1.38
1.60
1.18
1.52
2.21
1.90
Exchange rate (U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar)
$
0.74
$
0.75
$
0.75
$
0.76
$
0.69
$
0.71
1
The numbers represent average values for the quoted periods and average of year-on-year growth for real GDP and home prices.
2
The average home price is the average transacted sale price of homes sold via the Multiple Listing Service; data is collected by the Canadian Real Estate Association.
3
The CoreLogic home price index (HPI) is a repeat-sales index which tracks increases and decreases in the same home’s sales price over time.
(f)
 
SENSITIVITY OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
ECLs are sensitive to the inputs used in internally
 
developed models, the macroeconomic
 
variables in the forward-looking forecasts and
 
respective probability
weightings in determining the probability-weighted
 
ECLs, and other factors considered when
 
applying expert credit judgment. Changes
 
in these inputs,
assumptions, models, and judgments would
 
affect the assessment of significant increase in
 
credit risk and the measurement of ECLs.
The following table presents the base ECL
 
scenario compared to the probability-weighted ECLs,
 
with the latter derived from three ECL
 
scenarios for performing
loans and off-balance sheet instruments. The difference
 
reflects the impact of deriving multiple
 
scenarios around the base ECLs and resultant
 
change in ECLs due
to non-linearity and sensitivity to using
 
macroeconomic forecasts.
 
 
Change from Base to Probability-Weighted
 
ECLs
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Probability-weighted ECLs
$
7,914
$
8,137
Base ECLs
7,375
7,737
Difference – in amount
$
539
$
400
Difference – in percentage
7.3
%
5.2
%
ECLs for performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments
 
consist of an aggregate amount of Stage 1 and
 
Stage 2 probability-weighted ECLs
 
which are twelve-
month ECLs and lifetime ECLs, respectively. Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage
 
2 ECLs result from a significant increase
 
in credit risk since initial recognition.
The
following table shows the estimated impact
 
of staging on ECLs by presenting all performing
 
loans and off-balance sheet instruments calculated
 
using twelve-month
ECLs compared to the current aggregate probability-weighted
 
ECLs, holding all risk profiles constant.
 
 
Incremental Lifetime ECLs Impact
(millions of Canadian dollars)
 
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
Probability-weighted ECLs
$
7,914
$
8,137
All performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments
 
using 12-month ECLs
6,232
6,435
Incremental lifetime ECLs impact
$
1,682
$
1,702
(g)
 
FORECLOSED ASSETS
Foreclosed assets are repossessed non-financial
 
assets where the Bank gains title, ownership,
 
or possession of individual properties,
 
such as real estate
properties, which are managed for sale in an
 
orderly manner with the proceeds used
 
to reduce or repay any outstanding debt.
 
The Bank does not generally occupy
foreclosed properties for its business use.
 
The Bank predominantly relies on third-party
 
appraisals to determine the carrying value of
 
foreclosed assets.
 
Foreclosed
assets held for sale were $
111
 
million as at April 30, 2026 (October 31, 2025
 
– $
101
 
million) and were recorded in Other assets
 
on the Interim Consolidated
Balance Sheet.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 70
(h)
 
LOANS PAST DUE BUT NOT IMPAIRED
A loan is classified as past due when a borrower
 
has failed to make a payment by the
 
contractual due date.
The following table summarizes loans that are
 
past
due but not impaired.
 
Loans less than 31 days contractually past
 
due are excluded as they do not generally
 
reflect a borrower’s ability to meet
 
their payment
obligations.
 
Loans Past Due but not Impaired
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30, 2026
October 31, 2025
 
31-60
61-89
31-60
61-89
 
days
days
Total
days
days
Total
Residential mortgages
 
$
408
$
178
$
586
$
407
$
129
$
536
Consumer instalment and other personal
855
295
1,150
930
301
1,231
Credit card
349
244
593
373
253
626
Business and government
186
134
320
247
85
332
Total
 
$
1,798
$
851
$
2,649
$
1,957
$
768
$
2,725
1
Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.
 
NOTE 7: INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES
INVESTMENT IN THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION
 
On February 12, 2025, the Bank sold its entire
 
remaining equity investment in The
 
Charles Schwab Corporation (“Schwab”) through a
 
registered offering and
share repurchase by Schwab. Immediately prior
 
to the sale, TD held
184.7
 
million shares of Schwab’s common stock, representing
10.1
% economic ownership.
The sale of the shares resulted in proceeds
 
of approximately $
21.0
 
billion and the Bank recognized in Other income
 
(loss) a net gain on sale of approximately
$
9.2
 
billion. This gain is net of the release of
 
related cumulative foreign currency translation
 
from AOCI, the release of AOCI on designated
 
net investment hedging
items, and direct transaction costs. For segment
 
reporting, the Bank recognized an after-tax
 
gain of $
8.6
 
billion in its Corporate segment and $
184
 
million of
underwriting fees in its Wholesale segment
 
as a result of TD Securities acting as a lead
 
bookrunner on the transaction. In the current
 
quarter, the Bank revised its
estimate of taxes owed on the gain from its disposition
 
of Schwab shares, which increased
 
the Bank's after-tax gain to $
8.9
 
billion. Refer to Note 15 for further
details.
The Bank discontinued recording its share
 
of earnings available to common shareholders
 
from its investment in Schwab following
 
the sale. Prior to the sale, the
Bank accounted for its investment in
 
Schwab using the equity method. The Bank’s
 
share of Schwab’s earnings available to common
 
shareholders was reported
with a one-month lag. The Bank’s share of net
 
income from its prior investment in Schwab
 
of $
74
 
million and $
305
 
million during the three and six months ended
April 30, 2025, respectively, reflects net income after adjustments
 
for amortization of certain intangibles net of
 
tax.
The Stockholder Agreement was terminated
 
by the Bank’s sale of its equity investment in Schwab.
 
The Bank continues to have a business
 
relationship with
Schwab through the insured deposit account
 
agreement (“Schwab IDA Agreement”).
INSURED DEPOSIT ACCOUNT AGREEMENT
On May 4, 2023, the Bank and Schwab entered
 
into an amended Schwab IDA Agreement,
 
with an initial expiration of July 1, 2034.
 
Pursuant to the Schwab IDA
Agreement, the Bank makes sweep deposit
 
accounts available to clients of Schwab.
 
Schwab designates a portion of the deposits
 
with the Bank as fixed-rate
obligation amounts. Remaining deposits are designated
 
as floating-rate obligations. The IDA deposit
 
floor is set at US$
60
 
billion.
 
Refer to Note 26 of the Bank’s 2025 Annual
 
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details
 
on the Schwab IDA Agreement.
NOTE 8: OTHER ASSETS
 
Other Assets
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30
October 31
2026
2025
Accounts receivable and other items
$
7,892
$
9,366
Accrued interest
5,326
5,674
Cheques and other items in transit
1,246
Current income tax receivable
4,496
3,849
Defined benefit asset
 
1,092
 
1,111
Investments in other associates and joint
 
ventures
5,288
5,237
Prepaid expenses
1,926
1,815
Reinsurance contract assets
891
936
Total
$
28,157
$
27,988
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 71
NOTE 9: DEPOSITS
 
Demand deposits are those for which the Bank does not have the right to require notice prior to withdrawal, which
 
primarily include business and government
chequing accounts. Notice deposits are those for which the Bank can legally require notice prior to withdrawal,
 
which include both savings and chequing
accounts. Term
 
deposits are payable on a given date of maturity with terms ranging from one day to ten years and generally include fixed term deposits,
guaranteed investment certificates, senior debt, and similar instruments. The aggregate amount of term deposits in
 
denominations of $100,000 or more as at
April 30, 2026, was $
558
 
billion (October 31, 2025 – $
544
 
billion).
 
Deposits
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
April 30
October 31
By Type
By Country
2026
2025
Demand
Notice
Term
1
Canada
United States
International
Total
Total
Personal
$
26,676
$
482,541
$
132,610
$
356,908
$
284,919
$
$
641,827
$
650,396
Banks
10,771
719
14,047
19,701
4,327
1,509
25,537
27,233
Business and government
2
163,464
192,166
220,437
424,291
150,653
1,123
576,067
589,475
200,911
675,426
367,094
800,900
439,899
2,632
1,243,431
1,267,104
Trading
39,308
26,909
5,513
6,886
39,308
37,882
Designated at fair value through
profit or loss
3
222,176
60,930
89,731
71,515
222,176
197,336
Total
$
200,911
$
675,426
$
628,578
$
888,739
$
535,143
$
81,033
$
1,504,915
$
1,502,322
Non-interest-bearing deposits
included above
4
Canada
$
61,038
$
60,796
United States
71,653
73,364
International
44
1
Interest-bearing deposits
included above
4
Canada
827,701
834,275
United States
5
463,490
468,328
International
80,989
65,558
Total
2,6
$
1,504,915
$
1,502,322
1
Includes $
107.5
 
billion (October 31, 2025 – $
104.3
 
billion) of senior debt which is subject to the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime. This regime provides
 
certain statutory powers to the
Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation, including the ability to convert specified eligible shares and liabilities into
 
common shares in the event that the Bank becomes non-viable.
2
Includes $
64.6
 
billion relating to covered bondholders (October 31, 2025 – $
70.6
 
billion).
3
 
Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL on the Consolidated Balance Sheet also include $
327
 
million (October 31, 2025 – $
299
 
million) of loan commitments, financial guarantees and
other liabilities designated at FVTPL.
4
 
The geographical splits of the deposits are based on the point of origin of the deposits.
5
 
Includes $
9.1
 
billion (October 31, 2025 – $
7.2
 
billion) of U.S. federal funds deposited and $
4.1
 
billion (October 31, 2025 – $
1.1
 
billion) of deposits and advances with the FHLB.
6
 
Includes deposits of $
804.5
 
billion (October 31, 2025 – $
807.7
 
billion) denominated in U.S. dollars and $
114.6
 
billion (October 31, 2025 – $
111.1
 
billion) denominated in other foreign
currencies.
NOTE 10: OTHER LIABILITIES
 
Other Liabilities
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
April 30
October 31
2026
2025
Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and
 
other items
$
8,507
$
8,954
Accrued interest
4,077
4,652
Accrued salaries and employee benefits
5,929
7,313
Cheques and other items in transit
255
Current income tax payable
216
296
Deferred tax liabilities
288
303
Defined benefit liability
1,341
1,372
Lease liabilities
5,290
5,352
Liabilities related to structured entities
3,885
4,008
Provisions
1,611
1,735
Total
$
31,144
$
34,240
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 72
NOTE 11: SUBORDINATED NOTES AND DEBENTURES
 
Issuances
On April 30, 2026, the Bank issued $
1
 
billion of Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC)
 
fixed rate reset notes constituting subordinated
 
indebtedness of the Bank,
maturing on June 16, 2036. The notes will
 
bear interest at a fixed rate of
4.208
% per annum (paid semi-annually) until
 
June 16, 2031, and at the Daily
Compounded Canadian Overnight Repo Rate
 
Average plus
1.270
% thereafter (paid quarterly) until maturity
 
on June 16, 2036. With prior approval of
 
OSFI, the
Bank may, at its option, redeem the notes on or after June 16, 2031,
 
in whole or in part, at par plus accrued and unpaid
 
interest on not more than
60
 
nor less than
10
 
days' notice to holders.
Redemptions
On March 4, 2026, the Bank redeemed all of
 
its outstanding $
1.25
 
billion
4.859
% NVCC subordinated notes due March 4,
 
2031, constituting subordinated
indebtedness of the Bank, at a redemption price
 
of
100
 
per cent of the principal amount, plus accrued
 
and unpaid interest up to, but excluding,
 
the redemption
date.
NOTE 12: EQUITY
 
The following table summarizes the changes
 
to the shares and other equity instruments
 
issued and outstanding,
 
and treasury instruments held as at and
 
for the
three and six months ended April 30, 2026 and
 
April 30, 2025.
 
Shares and Other Equity Instruments
 
Issued and Outstanding and Treasury Instruments
 
Held
(thousands of shares or other equity instruments
and millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
 
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Number
Number
Number
Number
of shares
Amount
of shares
Amount
of shares
Amount
of shares
Amount
Common Shares
Balance as at beginning of period
1,671,278
$
24,551
1,752,200
$
25,528
1,689,496
$
24,727
1,750,272
$
25,373
Proceeds from shares issued on exercise
of stock options
488
42
592
44
1,696
150
945
69
Shares issued as a result of dividend
reinvestment plan
1,575
130
Purchase of shares for cancellation and other
(19,346)
(284)
(30,001)
(436)
(38,772)
(568)
(30,001)
(436)
Balance as at end of period – common shares
1,652,420
$
24,309
1,722,791
$
25,136
1,652,420
$
24,309
1,722,791
$
25,136
Preferred Shares and Other Equity Instruments
Preferred Shares – Class A
Balance as at beginning of period
49,650
$
2,850
71,650
$
3,400
49,650
$
2,850
91,650
$
3,900
Redemption of shares
(20,000)
(500)
Balance as at end of period
49,650
$
2,850
71,650
$
3,400
49,650
$
2,850
71,650
$
3,400
Other Equity Instruments
1
Balance as at beginning of period
7,251
$
8,775
6,501
$
7,738
7,251
$
8,775
5,751
$
6,988
Issue of limited recourse capital notes
750
750
Balance as at end of period
7,251
8,775
6,501
7,738
7,251
8,775
6,501
7,738
Balance as at end of period – preferred
 
shares
and other equity instruments
56,901
$
11,625
78,151
$
11,138
56,901
$
11,625
78,151
$
11,138
Treasury – common shares
2
Balance as at beginning of period
41
$
(5)
458
$
(38)
$
213
$
(17)
Purchase of shares
 
21,888
(2,899)
34,066
(2,880)
48,916
(6,213)
78,941
(6,384)
Sale of shares
(21,560)
2,844
(34,211)
2,892
(48,547)
6,153
(78,841)
6,375
Balance as at end of period – treasury
– common shares
369
$
(60)
313
$
(26)
369
$
(60)
313
$
(26)
Treasury – preferred shares and
other equity instruments
2
Balance as at beginning of period
11
$
(11)
549
$
(51)
29
$
(4)
163
$
(18)
Purchase of shares and other equity instruments
 
347
(353)
989
(267)
569
(515)
3,442
(1,387)
Sale of shares and other equity instruments
(333)
350
(1,397)
290
(573)
505
(3,464)
1,377
Balance as at end of period – treasury
– preferred shares and other equity
 
instruments
25
$
(14)
141
$
(28)
25
$
(14)
141
$
(28)
1
For Other Equity Instruments, the number of shares represents the number of notes issued.
2
 
When the Bank purchases its own equity instruments as part of its trading business, they are classified as treasury
 
instruments and the cost of these instruments is recorded as a
reduction in equity.
DIVIDENDS
On May 27, 2026, the Board approved a dividend
 
in an amount of one dollar and twelve
 
cents ($
1.12
) per fully paid common share in the
 
capital stock of the Bank
for the quarter ending July 31, 2026, payable
 
on and after July 31, 2026, to shareholders
 
of record at the close of business on July
 
10, 2026.
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
The Bank offers a Dividend Reinvestment Plan
 
(DRIP) for its common shareholders.
 
Participation in the plan is optional and
 
under the terms of the plan, cash
dividends on common shares are used
 
to purchase additional common shares. At
 
the option of the Bank, the common shares
 
may be issued from treasury at an
average market price based on the last five
 
trading days before the date of the dividend
 
payment, with a discount of between
0
% to
5
% at the Bank’s discretion or
purchased from the open market at market
 
prices.
During the three and six months ended April
 
30, 2026, the Bank satisfied the DRIP requirements
 
through open market common share purchases.
 
During the
three months ended April 30, 2025, the Bank
 
satisfied the DRIP requirements through open
 
market common share purchases. During
 
the six months ended
April 30, 2025, the Bank satisfied the DRIP requirements
 
through common shares issued from
 
treasury with
no
 
discount for the first three months and
 
open market
common share purchases in the last
 
three months.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 73
NORMAL COURSE ISSUER BID
On February 24, 2025, the Bank announced
 
that the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) and OSFI had approved a normal course
 
issuer bid (2025 NCIB) to purchase
for cancellation up to
100
 
million of its common shares for up to $
8
 
billion. The Bank completed its 2025
 
NCIB in January 2026, under which it repurchased
 
and
cancelled $
8
 
billion of its common shares.
 
On January 16, 2026, the Bank announced
 
that the TSX and OSFI have approved
 
the Bank’s new normal course issuer bid (2026
 
NCIB) to repurchase for
cancellation up to $
7
 
billion of its common shares, not
 
to exceed
61
 
million common shares. The 2026 NCIB
 
commenced on January 20, 2026, and
 
will terminate
on (A) the earliest to occur of: (i) January 15,
 
2027; (ii) the date on which the aggregate
 
purchase cost of common shares purchased
 
equals $
7
 
billion; and (iii) the
date on which the maximum number of
 
common shares purchasable is reached; or
 
(B) such earlier date as the Bank may
 
determine. From the commencement of
the 2026 NCIB on January 20, 2026, to April
 
30, 2026, the Bank repurchased
23.2
 
million shares under the program, at an average
 
price of $
131.51
 
per share for
a total amount of $
3.1
 
billion. During the three months ended
 
April 30, 2026, the Bank repurchased and
 
cancelled approximately
19.4
 
million shares under the
2026 NCIB program, for a total of $
2.6
 
billion.
NOTE 13: SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
 
For the three and six months ended April
 
30, 2026, the Bank recognized compensation
 
expense for stock option awards of $
9.0
 
million and $
18.3
 
million,
respectively (three and six months ended April
 
30, 2025 – $
7.0
 
million and $
10.1
 
million, respectively). During the three months
 
ended April 30, 2026 and
April 30, 2025,
nil
 
stock options were granted by the Bank.
 
During the six months ended April 30, 2026,
1.6
 
million (six months ended April 30, 2025 –
2.0
 
million)
stock options were granted by the Bank at
 
a weighted-average fair value of $
21.89
 
per option (April 30, 2025 – $
12.80
 
per option).
The following table summarizes the assumptions
 
used for estimating the fair value of options
 
for the six months ended April 30, 2026
 
and April 30, 2025.
Assumptions Used for Estimating the
 
Fair Value of Options
(in Canadian dollars, except as noted)
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
2026
2025
Risk-free interest rate
3.42
%
3.08
%
Option contractual life
10 years
10 years
Expected volatility
19.44
%
19.47
%
Expected dividend yield
4.02
%
3.94
%
Exercise price/share price
$
126.43
$
75.76
The risk-free interest rate is based on Government
 
of Canada benchmark bond yields as
 
at the grant date. Expected volatility is
 
calculated based on the historical
average daily volatility and expected dividend
 
yield is based on dividend payouts in the last
 
fiscal year. These assumptions are measured over a period
corresponding to the option contractual life.
NOTE 14: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
The following table summarizes expenses for
 
the Bank’s principal pension and non-pension post-retirement
 
defined benefit plans and the Bank’s other
 
material
defined benefit pension plans, for the
 
three and six months ended April 30,
 
2026 and April 30,
 
2025. Other employee defined benefit
 
plans operated by the Bank
and certain of its subsidiaries are not considered
 
material for disclosure purposes.
Defined Benefit Plan Expenses
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Principal post-retirement
 
Principal pension plans
benefit plan
Other pension plans
1
For the three months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
Service cost – benefits earned
$
68
$
69
$
2
$
1
$
5
$
5
Net interest cost (income) on net defined
 
benefit liability (asset)
(11)
(13)
4
4
4
5
Past service cost
2
Defined benefit administrative expenses
3
2
1
2
Total
$
60
$
58
$
6
$
5
$
12
$
12
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
Service cost – benefits earned
$
137
$
138
$
3
$
3
$
10
$
10
Net interest cost (income) on net defined
 
benefit liability (asset)
(23)
(25)
8
8
8
11
Past service cost
2
Defined benefit administrative expenses
5
5
3
3
Total
$
119
$
118
$
11
$
11
$
23
$
24
1
Includes Canada Trust defined benefit pension plan, TD Banknorth defined benefit pension
 
plan, TD Auto Finance defined benefit pension plan, TD Insurance defined benefit pension
plan, and supplemental executive defined benefit pension plans.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 74
The following table summarizes expenses for
 
the Bank’s defined contribution plans for the three
 
and six months ended April 30, 2026 and
 
April 30, 2025.
Defined Contribution Plan Expenses
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2025
2026
2025
Defined contribution pension plans
1
$
92
$
85
$
203
$
191
Government pension plans
2
156
140
386
360
Total
$
248
$
225
$
589
$
551
1
Includes defined contribution portion of the TD Pension Plan (Canada) and TD Bank, N.A. defined contribution 401(k)
 
plan.
2
 
Includes Canada Pension Plan, Quebec Pension Plan, and Social Security under the U.S.
Federal Insurance Contributions Act
.
The following table summarizes the remeasurements
 
recognized in OCI for the Bank’s principal pension
 
and post-retirement defined benefit plans
 
and certain of
the Bank’s other material defined benefit pension
 
plans, for the three and six months ended
 
April 30, 2026 and April
 
30, 2025.
Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive
 
Income for Remeasurement of Defined
 
Benefit Plans
1,2,3
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Principal post-retirement
Principal pension plans
benefit plan
Other pension plans
For the three months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
Remeasurement gain/(loss) – financial
$
200
$
297
$
10
$
12
$
8
$
14
Remeasurement gain/(loss) – return on plan
 
assets less
interest income
(110)
(366)
Change in asset limitation and minimum
 
funding requirement
3
Total
$
90
$
(66)
$
10
$
12
$
8
$
14
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
Remeasurement gain/(loss) – financial
$
435
$
158
$
18
$
5
$
7
$
4
Remeasurement gain/(loss) – return on plan
 
assets less
interest income
(421)
(184)
Change in asset limitation and minimum
 
funding requirement
Total
$
14
$
(26)
$
18
$
5
$
7
$
4
1
 
Excludes the Canada Trust defined benefit pension plan, TD Banknorth defined benefit
 
pension plan, TD Auto Finance defined benefit pension plan, TD Insurance defined benefit pension
plan, and other employee defined benefit plans operated by the Bank and certain of its subsidiaries not considered material for
 
disclosure purposes as these plans are not remeasured on
a quarterly basis.
 
2
 
Changes in discount rates and return on plan assets are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis. All other assumptions
 
are updated annually.
3
 
Amounts are presented on a pre-tax basis.
NOTE 15: INCOME TAXES
Income Tax Adjustment on the Gain on Sale of Schwab Shares
In the current quarter, the Bank revised its estimate of
 
taxes owed on the gain from its disposition
 
of Schwab shares in the prior year. The revision reflects
 
the
Bank's most recent tax filings and includes
 
previously inestimable information.
 
The revision reduced the Bank's provision
 
for income taxes by $
288
 
million.
Other Tax Matters
The Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), Revenu
 
Québec Agency (RQA) and Alberta
 
Tax and Revenue Administration (ATRA) are denying certain dividend and
interest deductions claimed by the Bank.
 
As at April 30, 2026, the CRA has reassessed
 
the Bank for $
1,676
 
million for the years 2011 to 2020, the RQA has
reassessed the Bank for $
52
 
million for the years 2011 to 2019, and the ATRA has reassessed the Bank for $
71
 
million for the years 2011 to 2020. In total, the
Bank has been reassessed for $
1,799
 
million of income tax and interest. The Bank
 
expects to continue to be reassessed
 
for open years. The Bank is of the view
that its tax filing positions were appropriate
 
and filed a Notice of Appeal with the
 
Tax Court of Canada on March 21, 2023.
NOTE 16: EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by
 
dividing net income available to common
 
shareholders by the weighted-average number
 
of common shares outstanding
for the period.
 
Diluted earnings per share is calculated using
 
the same method as basic earnings per
 
share except that certain adjustments are made
 
to net income available
to common shareholders and the weighted-average
 
number of shares outstanding for the effects of
 
all dilutive potential common shares
 
that are assumed to be
issued by the Bank.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 75
The following table presents the Bank’s basic and
 
diluted earnings per share for the three and
 
six months ended April 30, 2026 and April
 
30, 2025.
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30
April 30
April 30
April 30
2026
2025
2026
2025
Basic earnings per share
Net income available to common shareholders
$
4,049
$
10,929
$
7,991
$
13,636
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
 
(millions)
1,660.7
1,740.5
1,670.6
1,745.3
Basic earnings per share
(Canadian dollars)
$
2.44
$
6.28
$
4.78
$
7.81
Diluted earnings per share
Net income available to common shareholders
 
including impact of dilutive securities
$
4,049
$
10,929
$
7,991
$
13,636
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
 
(millions)
1,660.7
1,740.5
1,670.6
1,745.3
Effect of dilutive securities
Stock options potentially exercisable (millions)
1
4.8
1.2
4.8
1.0
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
 
– diluted (millions)
1,665.5
1,741.7
1,675.4
1,746.3
Diluted earnings per share
(Canadian dollars)
1
$
2.43
$
6.27
$
4.77
$
7.81
1
For the three and six months ended April 30, 2026,
no
 
outstanding options were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share. For the three
 
and six months ended April
30, 2025, the computation of diluted earnings per share excluded average options outstanding of
4.7
 
million and
7.2
 
million, respectively, with a weighted-average exercise
 
price of $
92.91
and $
89.12
, respectively, as the option price was greater than
 
the average market price of the Bank’s common shares.
NOTE 17: PROVISIONS AND CONTINGENT
 
LIABILITIES
 
Other than as described below, there have been no new significant
 
events or transactions except as previously
 
identified in Note 25 of the Bank’s 2025 Annual
Consolidated Financial Statements.
(a)
 
LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS
In the ordinary course of business, the Bank
 
and its subsidiaries are involved in various
 
legal and regulatory actions, including but
 
not limited to civil claims and
lawsuits, regulatory examinations, investigations,
 
audits, and requests for information by
 
governmental, regulatory and self-regulatory
 
agencies and law
enforcement authorities in various jurisdictions,
 
in respect of our businesses and compliance
 
programs. The Bank establishes provisions
 
when it becomes
probable that the Bank will incur a loss and
 
the amount can be reliably estimated.
 
The Bank also estimates the aggregate range
 
of reasonably possible losses
(RPL) in its legal and regulatory actions (that
 
is, those which are neither probable nor
 
remote), in excess of provisions. However, the Bank does
 
not disclose the
specific possible loss associated with each underlying
 
matter given the substantial uncertainty associated
 
with each possible loss as described below and
 
the
negative consequences to the Bank’s resolution
 
of the matters that comprise the
 
RPL should individual possible losses be disclosed.
 
As at April 30, 2026, the
Bank’s RPL is from
zero
 
to approximately $
456.8
 
million (October 31, 2025 – from
zero
 
to approximately $
440.7
 
million). The Bank’s provisions and RPL represent
the Bank’s best estimates based upon currently available
 
information for actions for which estimates
 
can be made, but there are a number of factors
 
that could
cause the Bank’s actual losses to be significantly
 
different from its provisions or RPL. For example,
 
the Bank’s estimates involve significant judgment
 
due to the
varying stages of the proceedings, the existence
 
of multiple defendants in many proceedings
 
whose share of liability has yet to be determined,
 
the numerous yet-
unresolved issues in many of the proceedings,
 
some of which are beyond the Bank’s control and/or
 
involve novel legal theories and interpretations,
 
the attendant
uncertainty of the various potential outcomes
 
of such proceedings, and the fact that the underlying
 
matters will change from time to time. In addition,
 
some actions
seek very large or indeterminate damages.
 
Refer to Note 25 of the Bank’s 2025 Annual Consolidated
 
Financial Statements for details on the Bank’s significant
legal and regulatory matters. Based on
 
the Bank’s current knowledge, and subject to
 
the factors listed above as well as other uncertainties
 
inherent in litigation and
regulatory matters, other than as described
 
below: (i) there have been no notable developments
 
to the matters previously identified in Note 25
 
of the Bank’s 2025
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements; and
 
(ii) since October 31, 2025, no other legal
 
or regulatory matter has arisen or progressed
 
to the point that it would
reasonably be expected to result in a material
 
financial impact to the Bank.
As previously disclosed, on October 10, 2024,
 
the Bank announced that, following active
 
cooperation and engagement with authorities and
 
regulators, it
reached a resolution (the “Global Resolution”)
 
of previously disclosed investigations related
 
to its U.S. Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) and Anti-Money
 
Laundering (AML)
compliance programs (collectively, the “U.S. BSA/AML program”).
 
The Bank and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries
 
consented to orders with the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Federal
 
Reserve Board, and the Financial Crimes
 
Enforcement Network and entered into plea agreements
 
with the
Department of Justice (DOJ), Criminal
 
Division, Money Laundering and Asset
 
Recovery Section and the United States
 
Attorney’s Office for the District of New
Jersey. Details of the Global Resolution include: (i) a total payment
 
of US$
3.088
 
billion ($
4.233
 
billion), all of which was provisioned during
 
the 2024 fiscal year;
(ii) TD Bank, N.A. (TDBNA) pleading guilty
 
to one count of conspiring to fail to maintain
 
an adequate AML program, failing
 
to file accurate currency transaction
reports (CTRs) and launder money and
 
TD Bank US Holding Company (TDBUSH)
 
pleading guilty to two counts of causing
 
TDBNA to fail to maintain an adequate
AML program and to fail to file accurate
 
CTRs; (iii) requirements to remediate the
 
Bank’s U.S. BSA/AML program; (iv) a requirement
 
to prioritize the funding and
staffing of the remediation, which includes Board
 
certifications for dividend distributions
 
from certain of the Bank’s U.S. subsidiaries to the
 
Bank; (v) formal
oversight of the U.S. BSA/AML remediation
 
through an independent compliance monitorship;
 
(vi) a prohibition against the average combined
 
total assets of TD’s
two U.S. banking subsidiaries (TDBNA and
 
TD Bank USA, N.A.) (collectively, the “U.S. Bank”) exceeding
 
US$
434
 
billion (representing the combined total assets
of the U.S. Bank as at September 30, 2024)
 
(the “Asset Limitation”), and if the
 
U.S. Bank does not achieve compliance with
 
all actionable articles in the OCC
consent orders (and for each successive
 
year that the U.S. Bank remains non-compliant),
 
the OCC may require the U.S. Bank to
 
further reduce total consolidated
assets by up to
7
%; (vii) the U.S. Bank being subject to OCC
 
supervisory approval processes for any
 
additions of new bank products, services,
 
markets, and
stores prior to the OCC’s acceptance of the
 
U.S. Bank’s improved AML policies and procedures,
 
to ensure the AML risk of new initiatives is appropriately
considered and mitigated; (viii) requirements
 
for the Bank and TD Group U.S. Holdings,
 
LLC (TDGUS) to retain a third party
 
to assess the effectiveness of the
corporate governance and U.S. management
 
structure and composition to adequately
 
oversee U.S. operations; (ix) requirements
 
to comply with the terms of the
plea agreements with the DOJ during a five-year
 
term of probation (which could be extended
 
as a result of the Bank failing to complete
 
the compliance
undertakings, failing to cooperate or to report
 
alleged misconduct as required, or
 
committing additional crimes); (x) an ongoing
 
obligation to cooperate with DOJ
investigations; and (xi) an ongoing obligation
 
to report evidence or allegations of violations
 
by the Bank, its affiliates, or their employees
 
that may be a violation of
U.S. federal law. The Bank is focused on meeting the
 
terms of the consent orders and plea agreements,
 
including meeting its requirements to remediate
 
the
Bank’s U.S. BSA/AML compliance programs.
 
During the first fiscal quarter of 2025, the
 
Bank fully paid the remainder of the monetary penalty
 
owed pursuant to the
consent orders and plea agreements that
 
were entered into as part of the Global Resolution.
 
The payment was covered by provisions previously
 
taken by the Bank
for this matter.
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 76
As previously disclosed, the Bank and
 
some former and current directors, officers and employees
 
have been named as defendants in proposed
 
class action
lawsuits in the United States and Canada
 
purporting to be brought on behalf of
 
the Bank’s shareholders alleging, among other things,
 
that a decline in the price of
the Bank’s shares was the result of misleading disclosures
 
with respect to the Bank’s AML compliance programs
 
and/or the potential outcomes of the government
agencies’ or regulators’ investigations.
 
The two proposed class actions filed in
 
the United States have been consolidated
 
under the caption
Tiessen v. The
Toronto-Dominion Bank, et al.,
in the United States District Court for
 
the Southern District of New York, and a consolidated amended complaint
 
has been filed
which names TD Bank, N.A., TDBUSH,
 
and certain former and current officers as
 
defendants. On May 30, 2025, the defendants
 
filed a motion to dismiss in the
Tiessen
case, which is pending before the court. Out
 
of the three proposed class actions in Ontario,
Parkin v. The Toronto-Dominion Bank, et al.,
has been
identified as the lead action with the other
 
two Ontario actions being stayed. There remains
 
one further proposed class action in Quebec
 
which has been stayed.
The
Parkin
certification hearing and the motion to seek
 
leave under the
Securities Act
(Ontario) were argued in part on
 
February 17 to 20, 2026 and May 20 and
21, 2026,
 
with an additional date for argument scheduled
 
on May 28, 2026. A putative shareholder
 
derivative action, captioned
Rubin v. Masrani, et al.,
has also
been filed purportedly on behalf of TD in the
 
United States in the Supreme Court of the State
 
of New York, New York County,
 
against certain former and current
TD directors, officers and employees, and certain
 
of TD’s U.S. affiliates and subsidiaries. The complaint
 
asserts alleged breaches of duties and
 
other claims
against the individual defendants in connection
 
with the Bank’s U.S. BSA/AML compliance programs.
 
On October 31, 2025, TD filed a motion to dismiss
 
the
Rubin
action. Certain purported TD shareholders
 
have also filed an application in the Ontario
 
Superior Court of Justice (
The Trustees of International Brotherhood of
Electrical Workers, et al., v. The Toronto-Dominion Bank, et al.
) seeking leave to bring a shareholder
 
derivative action in the Delaware Court
 
of Chancery on behalf
of TD and TDBUSH against certain current
 
and former directors and officers. The motion
 
to seek leave was heard on April 21, 2026.
 
On May 4, 2026, the Court
issued its decision declining the applicant's
 
leave. The applicants have
30
 
days from the date of the decision to
 
file an appeal. All of the proceedings are
 
still in
early stages. Losses or damages cannot be estimated
 
at this time.
As previously disclosed, the Bank has been
 
named as defendant in a purported class
 
action lawsuit in the United States to be brought
 
on behalf of First Horizon
shareholders alleging that a decline in the price
 
of First Horizon shares was the result
 
of alleged misleading disclosures the
 
Bank made with respect to its U.S.
BSA/AML compliance programs and its
 
effect on the Bank’s contemplated merger with
 
First Horizon. The lawsuit also names some of
 
the Bank’s former and
current officers and a former employee as defendants.
 
On November 26, 2025, the court dismissed
 
plaintiffs’ complaint, but gave plaintiffs a final opportunity
 
to
amend their complaint again to attempt
 
to address its deficiencies. On January
 
22, 2026, the plaintiffs did not amend their
 
complaint and instead filed a notice of
appeal. On February 26, 2026, three lawsuits
 
brought by entities organized under
 
the laws of the Cayman Islands were filed on
 
an individual basis in New Jersey
state court against the Bank, TDBNA,
 
TDGUS and current and former officers and
 
employees claiming they were induced
 
to purchase and hold First Horizon stock
based on TD's representations concerning
 
TD's U.S. BSA/AML compliance programs
 
and its effect on the Bank's contemplated
 
merger with First Horizon.
Nineteen77 Global Multi-Strategy Alpha Master
 
Ltd. et al v. The Toronto-Dominion Bank et al; AQR Arbitrage MA Offshore Fund L.P. et al v. The Toronto-
Dominion Bank et al; HBK Master Fund LP
 
et al v. The Toronto-Dominion Bank et al
. On March 27, 2026, TD filed a notice
 
to remove the cases to federal court,
which plaintiffs are contesting. Losses or damages
 
cannot be estimated at this time.
As previously disclosed, the Bank is a defendant
 
in Canada and/or the United States in a
 
number of matters, including class actions, alleging
 
claims in
connection with various fees, practices and
 
credit decisions. The cases are in various
 
stages of maturity and include, among others:
 
a Quebec action against
members of the financial services industry
 
(including the Bank) regarding the existence
 
and amount of the insufficient or non-sufficient
 
funds fee, a Quebec action
against certain brokers (including TD Direct
 
Investing) regarding disclosure of foreign
 
conversion fees, a Quebec action against members
 
of the automobile
insurance industry (including Primmum Insurance
 
Company) regarding underwriting practices
 
in Quebec, and a class action that was recently
 
certified against the
Bank related to a specific class of employees
 
and TD’s practice of treating amounts paid
 
under the applicable compensation plans
 
as inclusive of vacation pay and
public holiday pay for those employees.
Refer to Note 15 for disclosures related
 
to tax matters.
(b)
 
RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
During fiscal 2026, the Bank undertook certain
 
measures to reduce its cost base and achieve
 
greater efficiency. The restructuring program concluded on
January 31, 2026. For the three and six months
 
ended April 30, 2026, the Bank incurred
 
pre-tax restructuring charges (recovery) of $
(6)
 
million and $
194
 
million,
respectively (three and six months ended April
 
30, 2025 – $
163
 
million).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 77
NOTE 18: SEGMENTED INFORMATION
For management reporting purposes, the Bank
 
reports its results from business operations
 
and activities under four key business
 
segments:
 
Canadian Personal
and Commercial Banking, U.S. Banking,
 
Wealth Management and Insurance, and Wholesale
 
Banking. The Bank’s other activities are grouped
 
into the Corporate
segment. Effective the first quarter of 2026, the
 
Bank renamed its U.S. Retail segment to
 
U.S. Banking to better reflect the segment’s financial
 
products and
services.
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking provides financial products and services
 
to personal, small business and commercial
 
customers, and includes
TD Auto Finance Canada. U.S. Banking is
 
comprised of personal and business banking
 
in the U.S., TD Auto Finance U.S., and the
 
U.S. wealth business.
 
Effective
the first quarter of 2026, non-interest income
 
within U.S. Banking is adjusted for the Bank’s
 
share of losses from community-based
 
tax-advantaged investments
accounted for using the equity method
 
which are reclassified to provision for income
 
taxes. The adjustment for the three and
 
six months ended April 30, 2026 was
$
179
 
million (US$
131
 
million) and $
363
 
million (US$
263
 
million), respectively (three and six months
 
ended April 30, 2025 – $
161
 
million (US$
113
 
million) and
$
325
 
million (US$
229
 
million), respectively). Comparative amounts
 
have been reclassified to conform
 
with the presentation adopted in the first
 
quarter of 2026. On
February 12, 2025, the Bank sold its entire remaining
 
equity investment in Schwab.
 
Prior to the sale, the Bank’s investment in Schwab
 
was reported in the U.S.
Banking segment,
 
refer to Note 7 for further details.
 
Wealth Management and Insurance includes the
 
Canadian wealth business which provides investment
products and services to institutional and retail
 
investors, and the insurance business which
 
provides property and casualty insurance,
 
as well as life and health
insurance products to customers across
 
Canada. Wholesale Banking provides a wide
 
range of capital markets, investment banking,
 
and corporate banking
products and services,
 
including underwriting and distribution
 
of new debt and equity issues, providing
 
advice on strategic acquisitions and divestitures,
 
and
meeting the daily trading, funding, and investment
 
needs of the Bank’s clients. The Corporate
 
segment includes the effects of certain asset securitization
programs, treasury management, elimination
 
of taxable equivalent adjustments and other
 
management reclassifications, corporate level
 
tax items, and residual
unallocated revenue and expenses.
The following table summarizes the segment
 
results for the three and six months ended
 
April 30, 2026 and April 30, 2025.
Results by Business Segment
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Canadian
 
Wealth
Personal and
Management
Commercial Banking
U.S. Banking
and Insurance
Wholesale Banking
2
Corporate
2
Total
For the three months ended April 30
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net interest income (loss)
$
4,289
$
4,023
$
3,196
$
3,038
$
423
$
362
$
276
$
45
$
677
$
657
$
8,861
$
8,125
Non-interest income (loss)
967
968
588
(284)
3,355
3,141
2,117
2,084
(91)
8,903
6,936
14,812
Total revenue
5,256
4,991
3,784
2,754
3,778
3,503
2,393
2,129
586
9,560
15,797
22,937
Provision for (recovery of)
credit losses
498
622
342
442
78
123
83
154
1,001
1,341
Insurance service expenses
1,398
1,417
1,398
1,417
Non-interest expenses
 
2,088
2,052
2,476
2,338
1,249
1,131
1,509
1,461
1,050
1,157
8,372
8,139
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
and share of net income from
investment in Schwab
2,670
2,317
966
(26)
1,131
955
806
545
(547)
8,249
5,026
12,040
Provision for (recovery of)
income taxes
 
745
649
153
(68)
294
248
194
126
(611)
30
775
985
Share of net income from
investment in Schwab
3,4
78
(4)
74
Net income (loss)
$
1,925
$
1,668
$
813
$
120
$
837
$
707
$
612
$
419
$
64
$
8,215
$
4,251
$
11,129
For the six months ended April 30
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net interest income (loss)
$
8,683
$
8,158
$
6,492
$
6,102
$
829
$
731
$
201
$
(62)
$
1,445
$
1,062
$
17,650
$
15,991
Non-interest income (loss)
1,994
1,982
1,377
(402)
6,855
6,370
4,662
4,191
(156)
8,854
14,732
20,995
Total revenue
10,677
10,140
7,869
5,700
7,684
7,101
4,863
4,129
1,289
9,916
32,382
36,986
Provision for (recovery of)
credit losses
934
1,143
637
893
250
195
219
322
2,040
2,553
Insurance service expenses
3,020
2,924
3,020
2,924
Non-interest expenses
 
4,235
4,138
4,944
4,718
2,507
2,304
3,072
2,996
2,367
2,053
17,125
16,209
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
and share of net income from
investment in Schwab
5,508
4,859
2,288
89
2,157
1,873
1,541
938
(
1,297
)
7,541
10,197
15,300
Provision for (recovery of)
income taxes
 
1,539
1,360
435
(96)
563
486
368
220
(
1,002
)
(287)
1,903
1,683
Share of net income from
investment in Schwab
3,4
277
28
305
Net income (loss)
$
3,969
$
3,499
$
1,853
$
462
$
1,594
$
1,387
$
1,173
$
718
$
(295)
$
7,856
$
8,294
$
13,922
1
The retailer program partners’ share of revenues and credit losses is presented in the Corporate segment, with an
 
offsetting amount (representing the partners’ net share) recorded in
non-interest expenses, resulting in no impact to Corporate reported net income (loss). Net income (loss) included
 
in the U.S. Banking segment includes only the portion of revenue and
credit losses attributable to the Bank under the agreements.
2
 
Net interest income within Wholesale Banking is calculated on a taxable equivalent basis (TEB). The TEB adjustment
 
reflected in Wholesale Banking is reversed in the Corporate
segment.
 
3
 
The after-tax amount for amortization of acquired intangibles was recorded in the Corporate segment.
4
 
The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings was reported with a one-month lag. Refer to
 
Note 7 for further details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 78
Total Assets by Business Segment
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Canadian
Wealth
Personal and
Management
Wholesale
Commercial Banking
U.S. Banking
and Insurance
Banking
Corporate
Total
 
As at April 30, 2026
Total assets
$
626,142
$
508,946
$
27,370
$
763,319
$
159,328
$
2,085,105
As at October 31, 2025
Total assets
$
616,115
$
530,729
$
25,231
$
754,391
$
168,092
$
2,094,558
NOTE 19: INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE
 
The following tables present interest income
 
and interest expense by basis of accounting
 
measurement.
 
Interest Income
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Measured at amortized cost
1
$
16,715
$
18,227
$
34,276
$
38,071
 
Measured at FVOCI – Debt instruments
1
1,124
1,058
2,287
1,960
17,839
19,285
36,563
40,031
Measured or designated at FVTPL
2,078
2,172
3,991
4,233
Measured at FVOCI – Equity instruments
64
125
123
190
Total
$
19,981
$
21,582
$
40,677
$
44,454
1
Interest income is calculated using EIRM.
Interest Expense
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
For the six months ended
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
April 30, 2026
April 30, 2025
Measured at amortized cost
1
$
8,466
$
10,622
$
17,618
$
22,442
 
Measured or designated at FVTPL
2,654
2,835
5,409
6,021
Total
$
11,120
$
13,457
$
23,027
$
28,463
1
Interest expense is calculated using EIRM.
NOTE 20: REGULATORY CAPITAL
 
The Bank manages its capital under guidelines
 
established by OSFI. The regulatory
 
capital guidelines measure capital in relation
 
to credit, market, and operational
risks. The Bank has various capital policies,
 
procedures, and controls which it utilizes
 
to achieve its goals and objectives. The
 
Bank is designated as a domestic
systemically important bank (D-SIB) and
 
a global systemically important bank (G-SIB).
Canadian banks designated as D-SIBs are required
 
to comply with OSFI’s minimum targets for risk-based
 
capital and leverage ratios. The minimum
 
targets
include a D-SIB surcharge and Domestic Stability
 
Buffer (DSB) for Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, Tier 1 Capital, Total Capital and risk-based Total Loss
Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) ratios. The
 
DSB level was increased to
3.5
% as of November 1, 2023, and as a result
 
the published regulatory minimum targets
 
are
set at
11.5
%,
13.0
%,
15.0
% and
25.0
%, respectively. The OSFI target includes the greater of the D-SIB
 
or G-SIB surcharge, both of which are
 
currently
1
% for the
Bank. The OSFI target for leverage requires
 
D-SIBs to hold a leverage ratio buffer of
0.50
% in addition to the existing minimum requirement.
 
This sets the
published regulatory minimum targets for leverage
 
and TLAC leverage ratios at
3.5
% and
7.25
%, respectively.
 
The Bank complied with all minimum risk-based
 
capital and leverage ratio requirements
 
set by OSFI in the six months ended April 30,
 
2026.
 
The following table summarizes the Bank’s regulatory
 
capital positions as at April 30, 2026 and
 
October 31, 2025.
Regulatory Capital Position
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
April 30
October 31
 
2026
2025
Capital
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
$
91,660
$
93,579
Tier 1 Capital
102,585
104,502
Total Capital
114,032
116,866
Risk-weighted assets used in the calculation
 
of capital ratios
641,358
636,424
Capital and leverage ratios
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio
14.3
%
14.7
%
Tier 1 Capital ratio
16.0
16.4
Total Capital ratio
17.8
18.4
Leverage ratio
4.5
4.6
TLAC Ratio
31.1
31.8
TLAC Leverage Ratio
8.8
8.9
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2026 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 79
SHAREHOLDER AND INVESTOR INFORMATION
Shareholder Services
If you:
And your inquiry relates to:
 
Please contact:
Are a registered shareholder (your name appears
on your TD share certificate)
Missing dividends, lost share certificates, estate
questions, address changes to the share register,
dividend bank account changes, the dividend
reinvestment plan, eliminating duplicate mailings
 
of
shareholder materials or stopping (or resuming)
receiving annual and quarterly reports
Transfer Agent:
TSX Trust Company
301-100 Adelaide Street West
Toronto, ON M5H 4H1
 
1-800-387-0825 (Canada and U.S. only)
or 416-682-3860
Facsimile: 1-888-249-6189
 
shareholderinquiries@tmx.com or www.tsxtrust.com
 
Hold your TD shares through the
 
Direct Registration System
 
in the United States
Missing dividends, lost share certificates, estate
questions, address changes to the share register,
eliminating duplicate mailings of shareholder
materials or stopping (or resuming) receiving
 
annual
and quarterly reports
Co-Transfer Agent and Registrar:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 43006
Providence, RI 02940-3006
or
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
150 Royall Street
Suite 101
Canton, MA 02021
1-866-233-4836
TDD for hearing impaired: 1-800-231-5469
Shareholders outside of U.S.: 201-680-6578
TDD shareholders outside of U.S.: 201-680-6610
Email inquiries: web.queries@computershare.com
For electronic access to your account visit:
www.computershare.com/investor
 
Beneficially own TD shares that are
 
held in the
name of an intermediary, such as a bank,
 
a trust
company, a securities broker or other nominee
Your TD shares, including questions
 
regarding the
dividend reinvestment plan and mailings of
shareholder materials
Your intermediary
For all other shareholder inquiries, please
 
contact TD Shareholder Relations at
 
416-944-6367 or 1-866-756-8936 or email
 
td.shareholderrelations@td.com. Please
note that by leaving us an e-mail or voicemail
 
message, you are providing your
 
consent for us to forward your inquiry
 
to the appropriate party for response.
 
General Information
Products and services: Contact TD
 
Canada Trust, 24 hours a day, seven
 
days a week: 1-866-567-8888
 
French: 1-866-233-2323
Cantonese/Mandarin: 1-800-328-3698
 
Telephone device for the hearing impaired
 
(TTY): 1-800-361-1180
Website:
 
www.td.com
Email:
customer.service@td.com
Quarterly Earnings Conference Call
TD Bank Group will host an earnings conference
 
call in Toronto, Ontario on May 28, 2026.
 
The call will be audio webcast live through
 
TD’s
 
website at 9:30 a.m. ET.
The call will feature presentations by
 
TD executives on the Bank’s financial results
 
for the second quarter and discussions
 
of related disclosures, followed by a
question-and-answer period with analysts.
 
The presentation material referenced
 
during the call will be available on the
 
TD website at
www.td.com/investor
 
on
May 28, 2026, in advance of the call.
 
A listen-only telephone line
 
is available at 416-855-9085 or 1-800-990-2777
 
(toll free), passcode 62095#.
The audio webcast and presentations will be
 
archived at
www.td.com/investor
. Replay of the teleconference will be available
 
until 11:59 p.m. ET on June 11, 2026,
by calling 289-819-1325 or 1-888-660-6264 (toll
 
free). The passcode is 62095#.